Commit Graph

6603 Commits (27ecc36c0bef804d12dbf8c29684c8e8159c8e47)

Author SHA1 Message Date
Andrew Grasso c4d1ae0fcd [intel] Add INTEL_NO_PHY_RST for I218LM
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2020-07-22 12:19:04 +01:00
Daniel Johnson 8bc85ec6fa [deflate] Fix typo in comment describing length codes
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2020-07-21 15:59:04 +01:00
Tobias Kortkamp 8d243e65c3 [build] Fix a GNUism that FreeBSD's sed(1) cannot deal with
At the moment '\s*' is silently interpreted as just 's*', but in the
future it will be an error:

sed: 1: "s/\.o\s*:/_DEPS +=/": RE error: trailing backslash (\)

cf. https://bugs.freebsd.org/229925

Signed-off-by: Tobias Kortkamp <t@tobik.me>
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2020-07-21 15:51:19 +01:00
Michael Brown ee2dc525b4 [wpa] Fix erroneous debug message in wpa_derive_ptk
Split debug message since eth_ntoa() uses a static result buffer.

Originally-fixed-by: Michael Bazzinotti <bazz@bazz1.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2020-07-21 15:34:39 +01:00
Michael J. Bazzinotti 0de5e60144 [libc] Fix memcmp() to return proper values
Fix memcmp() to return proper standard positive/negative values for
unequal comparisons.  Current implementation is backwards (i.e. the
functions are returning negative when should be positive and
vice-versa).

Currently most consumers of these functions only check the return value
for ==0 or !=0 and so we can safely change the implementation without
breaking things.

However, there is one call that checks the polarity of this function,
and that is prf_sha1() for wireless WPA 4-way handshake.  Due to the
incorrect memcmp() polarity, the WPA handshake creates an incorrect
PTK, and the handshake would fail after step 2.  Undoubtedly, the AP
noticed the supplicant failed the mic check.  This commit fixes that
issue.

Similar to commit 3946aa9 ("[libc] Fix strcmp()/strncmp() to return
proper values").

Signed-off-by: Michael Bazzinotti <bazz@bazz1.com>
Modified-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2020-07-21 15:29:18 +01:00
David Decotigny 6ec33b8d6c [pcbios] Take alignment into account when checking for available space
Signed-off-by: David Decotigny <ddecotig@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2020-07-21 14:51:32 +01:00
David Decotigny 45a0ca6de2 [pcbios] Fix "out of memory" detection when expanding bottom area
This caused iPXE to reject images even when enough memory was
available.

Signed-off-by: David Decotigny <ddecotig@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2020-07-21 14:50:24 +01:00
Bobby Lockwood cede0c5ba1 [libgcc] Change __divmoddi4 from int64 [unknown] to int64_t
Matches the header file libgcc.h and solves

  __divmoddi4.c:3:56: error: unknown type name ‘int64’

Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2020-07-21 14:33:32 +01:00
bit 4277942ac0 [build] Fix default target in sdsk image
gensdsk currently creates a syslinux.cfg file that is invalid if the
filename ends in lkrn.  Fix by setting the default target to label($b)
instead of filename($g).

Modified-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2020-07-21 14:29:12 +01:00
Michael Brown 366206517e [dns] Use all configured DNS servers
When no response is obtained from the first configured DNS server,
fall back to attempting the other configured servers.

Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2020-07-15 19:10:30 +01:00
Michael Brown a95a2eafc5 [xfer] Remove address family from definition of a socket opener
All implemented socket openers provide definitions for both IPv4 and
IPv6 using exactly the same opener method.  Simplify the logic by
omitting the address family from the definition.

Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2020-07-15 18:46:58 +01:00
LaDerrick H 78ca890c35 [sfc] Add PCI ID for Solarflare SFC9120 and Solarflare SFC9140
This patch adds support for 2 Solarflare NICs.

Signed-off-by: LaDerrick H <ipxelist243@lacutt.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2020-07-15 12:29:46 +01:00
Michael Brown 1832f8a9b0 [efi] Claim SNP devices early in efi_download_start()
Claiming the SNP devices has the side effect of raising the TPL to
iPXE's normal operating level of TPL_CALLBACK (see the commit message
for c89a446 ("[efi] Run at TPL_CALLBACK to protect against UEFI
timers") for details).  This must happen before executing any code
that relies upon the TPL having been raised to TPL_CALLBACK.

The call to efi_snp_claim() in efi_download_start() currently happens
only after the call to xfer_open().  Calling xfer_open() will
typically result in a retry timer being started, which will result in
a call to currticks() in order to initialise the timer.  The call to
currticks() will drop to TPL_APPLICATION and restore to TPL_CALLBACK
in order to allow a timer tick to occur.  Since this call happened
before the call to efi_snp_claim(), the restored TPL is incorrect.

This in turn results in efi_snp_claim() recording the incorrect
original TPL, causing efi_snp_release() to eventually restore the
incorrect TPL, causing the system to lock up when ExitBootServices()
is called at TPL_CALLBACK.

Fix by moving the call to efi_snp_claim() to the start of
efi_download_start().

Debugged-by: Jarrod Johnson <jjohnson2@lenovo.com>
Debugged-by: He He4 Huang <huanghe4@lenovo.com>
Debugged-by: James Wang <jameswang@ami.com.tw>
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2020-07-15 10:09:46 +01:00
Michael Brown b6eecb182e [efi] Ensure NUL byte is at lowest address within stack cookie
The NUL byte included within the stack cookie to act as a string
terminator should be placed at the lowest byte address within the
stack cookie, in order to avoid potentially including the stack cookie
value within an accidentally unterminated string.

Suggested-by: Pete Beck <pete.beck@ioactive.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2020-07-09 14:20:53 +01:00
Michael Brown fcdd9c0982 [efi] Distribute available entropy within stack cookie
Several of the values used to compute a stack cookie (in the absence
of a viable entropy source) will tend to have either all-zeroes or
all-ones in the higher order bits.  Rotate the values in order to
distribute the (minimal) available entropy more evenly.

Suggested-by: Pete Beck <pete.beck@ioactive.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2020-07-09 13:56:50 +01:00
Michael Brown f7ddda435c [libc] Add bit-rotation functions for unsigned long values
Generalise the bit rotation implementations to use a common macro, and
add roll() and rorl() to handle unsigned long values.

Each function will still compile down to a single instruction.

Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2020-07-09 13:52:31 +01:00
Michael Brown 98d49e460a [efi] Avoid setting direction flag on EFI platforms
The only remaining use case in iPXE for the CPU direction flag is in
__memcpy_reverse() where it is set to allow the use of "rep movsb" to
perform the memory copy.  This matches the equivalent functionality in
the EDK2 codebase, which has functions such as InternalMemCopyMem that
also temporarily set the direction flag in order to use "rep movsb".

As noted in commit d2fb317 ("[crypto] Avoid temporarily setting
direction flag in bigint_is_geq()"), some UEFI implementations are
known to have buggy interrupt handlers that may reboot the machine if
a timer interrupt happens to occur while the direction flag is set.

Work around these buggy UEFI implementations by using the
(unoptimised) generic_memcpy_reverse() on i386 or x86_64 UEFI
platforms.

Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2020-07-07 14:08:05 +01:00
Michael Brown 2f032c84a2 [libc] Provide an unoptimised generic_memcpy_reverse()
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2020-07-07 13:13:28 +01:00
Michael Brown d2fb317fee [crypto] Avoid temporarily setting direction flag in bigint_is_geq()
The UEFI specification states that the calling convention for IA-32
and x64 includes "Direction flag in EFLAGS is clear".  This
specification covers only the calling convention used at the point of
calling functions annotated with EFIAPI.  The specification explicitly
states that other functions (such as private functions or static
library calls) are not required to follow the UEFI calling
conventions.

The reference EDK2 implementation follows this specification.  In
particular, the EDK2 interrupt handlers will clear the direction flag
before calling any EFIAPI functions, and will restore the direction
flag when returning from the interrupt handler.  Some EDK2 private
library functions (most notably InternalMemCopyMem) may set the
direction flag temporarily in order to make efficient use of CPU
string operations.

The current implementation of iPXE's bigint_is_geq() for i386 and
x86_64 will similarly set the direction flag temporarily in order to
make efficient use of CPU string operations.

On some UEFI implementations (observed with a Getac RX10 tablet), a
timer interrupt that happens to occur while the direction flag is set
will reboot the machine.  This very strongly indicates that the UEFI
timer interrupt handler is failing to clear the direction flag before
performing an affected operation (such as copying a block of memory).

Work around such buggy UEFI implementations by rewriting
bigint_is_geq() to avoid the use of string operations and so obviate
the requirement to temporarily set the direction flag.

Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2020-07-07 00:46:45 +01:00
Michael Brown 586b723733 [usb] Leave port enabled after a failed device registration
A failure in device registration (e.g. due to a device with malformed
descriptors) will currently result in the port being disabled as part
of the error path.  This in turn causes the hardware to detect the
device as newly connected, leading to an endless loop of failed device
registrations.

Fix by leaving the port enabled in the case of a registration failure.

Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2020-07-04 12:00:37 +01:00
Michael Brown f727ed8a11 [axge] Reapply USB device configuration when opening network device
When connected to a USB3 port, the AX88179 seems to have an
approximately 50% chance of producing a USB transaction error on each
of its three endpoints after being closed and reopened.  The root
cause is unclear, but rewriting the USB device configuration value
seems to clear whatever internal error state has accumulated.

Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2020-07-03 20:23:39 +01:00
Michael Brown 0f5d234335 [xhci] Increase link state settling delay to 100ms
Experimentation shows that the existing 20ms delay is insufficient,
and often results in device detection being deferred until after iPXE
has completed startup.

Fix by increasing the delay to 100ms.

Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2020-07-03 12:52:05 +01:00
Michael Brown e87760183d [usb] Avoid unnecessary calls to usb_hub_set_drvdata()
The driver-private data for root hubs is already set immediately after
allocating the USB bus.  There seems to be no reason to set it again
when opening the root hub.

Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2020-07-03 12:10:04 +01:00
Michael Brown 18d4be8aaf [xhci] Set link state to RxDetect after disabling USB3 root hub port
The "disabled" port states for USB2 and USB3 are not directly
equivalent.  In particular, a disabled USB3 port will not detect new
device connections.  The result is that a USB3 device disconnected
from and reconnected to an xHCI root hub port will end up reconnecting
as a USB2 device.

Fix by setting the link state to RxDetect after disabling the port, as
is already done during initialisation.

Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2020-07-03 12:10:04 +01:00
Michael Brown 761ed4365a [usb] Do not attempt to disable USB3 hub ports
The USB3 specification removes PORT_ENABLE from the list of features
that may be cleared via a CLEAR_FEATURE request.  Experimentation
shows that omitting the attempt to clear PORT_ENABLE seems to result
in the correct hotplug behaviour.

Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2020-07-02 16:52:00 +01:00
Michael Brown 8ff5babb47 [usb] Add missing usb_recycle() for completed hub interrupt transfers
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2020-07-02 14:19:02 +01:00
Michael Brown 5d6fb72829 [usb] Clear device endpoint halt before resetting host endpoint
Resetting the host endpoint may immediately restart any pending
transfers for that endpoint.  If the device endpoint halt has not yet
been cleared, then this will probably result in a second failed
transfer.

This second failure may be detected within usb_endpoint_reset() while
waiting for usb_clear_feature() to complete.  The endpoint will
subsequently be removed from the list of halted endpoints, causing the
second failure to be effectively ignored and leaving the host endpoint
in a permanently halted state.

Fix by deferring the host endpoint reset until after the device
endpoint is ready to accept new transfers.

Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2020-07-02 03:06:50 +01:00
Michael Brown d5874c9f2b [axge] Handle non-gigabit link speeds
The ASIX USB NICs are capable of autodetecting the Ethernet link speed
and reporting it via PLSR but will not automatically update the
relevant GM and PS bits in MSR.  The result is that a non-gigabit link
will fail to send or receive any packets.

The interrupt endpoint used to report link state includes the values
of the PHY BMSR and LPA registers.  These are not sufficient to
differentiate between 100Mbps and 1000Mbps, since the LPA_NPAGE bit
does not necessarily indicate that the link partner is advertising
1000Mbps.

Extend axge_check_link() to write the MSR value based on the link
speed read from PLSR, and simplify the interrupt endpoint handler to
merely trigger a call to axge_check_link().

Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2020-07-01 20:51:32 +01:00
Michael Brown 2ae5d43386 [efi] Raise TPL during driver entry point
As per commit c89a446 ("[efi] Run at TPL_CALLBACK to protect against
UEFI timers") we expect to run at TPL_CALLBACK almost all of the time.
Various code paths rely on this assumption.  Code paths that need to
temporarily lower the TPL (e.g. for entropy gathering) will restore it
to TPL_CALLBACK.

The entropy gathering code will be run during DRBG initialisation,
which happens during the call to startup().  In the case of iPXE
compiled as an EFI application this code will run within the scope of
efi_snp_claim() and so will execute at TPL_CALLBACK as expected.

In the case of iPXE compiled as an EFI driver the code will
incorrectly run at TPL_APPLICATION since there is nothing within the
EFI driver entry point that raises (and restores) the TPL.  The net
effect is that a build that includes the entropy-gathering code
(e.g. a build with HTTPS enabled) will return from the driver entry
point at TPL_CALLBACK, which causes a system lockup.

Fix by raising and restoring the TPL within the EFI driver entry
point.

Debugged-by: Ignat Korchagin <ignat@cloudflare.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2020-06-30 16:45:48 +01:00
Michael Brown a87537d44c [efi] Detect and disable seriously broken EFI_RNG_PROTOCOL implementations
The EFI_RNG_PROTOCOL on the Microsoft Surface Go does not generate
random numbers.  Successive calls to GetRNG() without any intervening
I/O operations (such as writing to the console) will produce identical
results.  Successive reboots will produce identical results.

It is unclear what the Microsoft Surface Go is attempting to use as an
entropy source, but it is demonstrably producing zero bits of entropy.

The failure is already detected by the ANS-mandated Repetition Count
Test performed as part of our GetEntropy implementation.  This
currently results in the entropy source being marked as broken, with
the result that iPXE refuses to perform any operations that require a
working entropy source.

We cannot use the existing EFI driver blacklisting mechanism to unload
the broken driver, since the RngDxe driver is integrated into the
DxeCore image.

Work around the broken driver by checking for consecutive identical
results returned by EFI_RNG_PROTOCOL and falling back to the original
timer-based entropy source.

Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2020-06-28 19:58:48 +01:00
Michael Brown decee20ec8 [build] Disable position-independent code for ARM64 EFI builds
Some versions of gcc (observed with the cross-compiling gcc 9.3.0 in
Ubuntu 20.04) default to enabling -fPIE.  Experimentation shows that
this results in the emission of R_AARCH64_ADR_GOT_PAGE relocation
records for __stack_chk_guard.  These relocation types are not
supported by elf2efi.c.

Fix by explicitly disabling position-independent code for ARM64 EFI
builds.

Debugged-by: Antony Messerli <antony@mes.ser.li>
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2020-06-27 21:47:04 +01:00
Michael Brown 8a1d66c7ae [golan] Add explicit type casts for nodnic_queue_pair_type
GCC 10 emits warnings for implicit conversions of enumerated types.

The flexboot_nodnic code defines nodnic_queue_pair_type with values
identical to those of ib_queue_pair_type, and implicitly casts between
them.  Add an explicit cast to fix the warning.

Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2020-06-27 21:16:07 +01:00
Michael Brown 28cf9806d1 [intel] Avoid spurious compiler warning on GCC 10
GCC 10 produces a spurious warning about an out-of-bounds array access
for the unsized raw dword array in union intelvf_msg.

Avoid the warning by embedding the zero-length array within a struct.

Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2020-06-27 21:16:07 +01:00
Bruce Rogers f982a71297 [build] Be explicit about -fcommon compiler directive
gcc10 switched default behavior from -fcommon to -fno-common.  Since
"__shared" relies on the legacy behavior, explicitly specify it.

Signed-off-by: Bruce Rogers <brogers@suse.com>
Modified-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2020-06-27 21:16:07 +01:00
Michael Brown 3f637d7462 [ocsp] Accept SHA1 certID responses even if SHA1 is not enabled
Various implementation quirks in OCSP servers make it impractical to
use anything other than SHA1 to construct the issuerNameHash and
issuerKeyHash identifiers in the request certID.  For example: both
the OpenCA OCSP responder used by ipxe.org and the Boulder OCSP
responder used by LetsEncrypt will fail if SHA256 is used in the
request certID.

As of commit 6ffe28a ("[ocsp] Accept response certID with missing
hashAlgorithm parameters") we rely on asn1_digest_algorithm() to parse
the algorithm identifier in the response certID.  This will fail if
SHA1 is disabled via config/crypto.h.

Fix by using a direct ASN.1 object comparison on the OID within the
algorithm identifier.

Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2020-06-25 13:04:54 +01:00
Michael Brown a61b27b97f [efi] Enable stack protection where possible
Enable -fstack-protector for EFI builds, where binary size is less
critical than for BIOS builds.

The stack cookie must be constructed immediately on entry, which
prohibits the use of any viable entropy source.  Construct a cookie by
XORing together various mildly random quantities to produce a value
that will at least not be identical on each run.

On detecting a stack corruption, attempt to call Exit() with an
appropriate error.  If that fails, then lock up the machine since
there is no other safe action that can be taken.

The old conditional check for support of -fno-stack-protector is
omitted since this flag dates back to GCC 4.1.

Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2020-06-24 16:23:21 +01:00
Michael Brown 8830f2f351 [parseopt] Treat empty integer strings in user input as invalid
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2020-06-19 17:33:27 +01:00
Michael Brown 2000297011 [util] Treat empty integer strings as invalid
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2020-06-19 16:56:02 +01:00
Michael Brown 770a7bd43a [snp] Retry initialisation if link is reported as down
Some devices (observed with a Getac RX10 tablet and docking station
containing an embedded AX88179 USB NIC) seem to be capable of
detecting link state only during the call to Initialize(), and will
occasionally erroneously report that the link is down for the first
few such calls.

Work around these devices by retrying the Initialize() call multiple
times, terminating early if a link is detected.  The eventual absence
of a link is treated as a non-fatal error, since it is entirely
possible that the link really is down.

Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2020-06-19 00:18:22 +01:00
Michael Brown 7f2006a9ad [crypto] Disable MD5 as an OID-identifiable algorithm by default
Disable the use of MD5 as an OID-identifiable algorithm.  Note that
the MD5 algorithm implementation will still be present in the build,
since it is used implicitly by various cryptographic components such
as HTTP digest authentication; this commit removes it only from the
list of OID-identifiable algorithms.

It would be appropriate to similarly disable the use of SHA-1 by
default, but doing so would break the use of OCSP since several OCSP
responders (including the current version of openca-ocspd) are not
capable of interpreting the hashAlgorithm field and so will fail if
the client uses any algorithm other than the configured default.

Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2020-06-16 23:41:43 +01:00
Michael Brown bb74f00512 [crypto] Ensure that test code drags in required ASN.1 object identifiers
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2020-06-16 23:41:43 +01:00
Michael Brown bd7a5e4b9c [crypto] Allow algorithms to be included without being OID-identifiable
There are many ways in which the object for a cryptographic algorithm
may be included, even if not explicitly enabled in config/crypto.h.
For example: the MD5 algorithm is required by TLSv1.1 or earlier, by
iSCSI CHAP authentication, by HTTP digest authentication, and by NTLM
authentication.

In the current implementation, inclusion of an algorithm for any
reason will result in the algorithm's ASN.1 object identifier being
included in the "asn1_algorithms" table, which consequently allows the
algorithm to be used for any ASN1-identified purpose.  For example: if
the MD5 algorithm is included in order to support HTTP digest
authentication, then iPXE would accept a (validly signed) TLS
certificate using an MD5 digest.

Split the ASN.1 object identifiers into separate files that are
required only if explicitly enabled in config/crypto.h.  This allows
an algorithm to be omitted from the "asn1_algorithms" table even if
the algorithm implementation is dragged in for some other purpose.

The end result is that only the algorithms that are explicitly enabled
in config/crypto.h can be used for ASN1-identified purposes such as
signature verification.

Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2020-06-16 17:14:54 +01:00
Michael Brown dc785b0fb6 [tls] Default to supporting only TLSv1.1 or above
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2020-06-16 13:14:12 +01:00
Michael Brown 2dac11eb1d [tls] Allow a minimum TLS protocol version to be specified
The supported ciphers and digest algorithms may already be specified
via config/crypto.h.  Extend this to allow a minimum TLS protocol
version to be specified.

Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2020-06-12 21:40:33 +01:00
Michael Brown 9ee70fb95b [efi] Attempt to connect our driver directly if ConnectController fails
Some platforms (observed with an AMI BIOS on an Apollo Lake system)
will spuriously fail the call to ConnectController() when the UEFI
network stack is disabled.  This appears to be a BIOS bug that also
affects attempts to connect any non-iPXE driver to the NIC controller
handle via the UEFI shell "connect" utility.

Work around this BIOS bug by falling back to calling our
efi_driver_start() directly if the call to ConnectController() fails.
This bypasses any BIOS policy in terms of deciding which driver to
connect but still cooperates with the UEFI driver model in terms of
handle ownership, since the use of EFI_OPEN_PROTOCOL_BY_DRIVER ensures
that the BIOS is aware of our ownership claim.

Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2020-06-10 23:01:23 +01:00
Michael Brown 6a6def775d [uri] Avoid appearing to access final byte of a potentially empty string
The URI parsing code for "host[:port]" checks that the final character
is not ']' in order to allow for IPv6 literals.  If the entire
"host[:port]" portion of the URL is an empty string, then this will
access the preceding character.  This does not result in accessing
invalid memory (since the string is guaranteed by construction to
always have a preceding character) and does not result in incorrect
behaviour (since if the string is empty then strrchr() is guaranteed
to return NULL), but it does make the code confusing to read.

Fix by inverting the order of the two tests.

Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2020-06-05 10:01:19 +01:00
Michael Brown ac28bbb7ea [efi] Work around UEFI specification bug in LoadImage for SAN boot
As described in the previous commit, work around a UEFI specification
bug that necessitates calling UnloadImage if the return value from
LoadImage is EFI_SECURITY_VIOLATION.

Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2020-06-05 09:44:22 +01:00
Michael Brown 18d2162f64 [efi] Work around UEFI specification bug in LoadImage
iPXE currently assumes that any error returned from LoadImage()
indicates that the image was not loaded.  This assumption was correct
at the time the code was written and remained correct for UEFI
specifications up to and including version 2.1.

In version 2.3, the UEFI specification broke API and ABI compatibility
by defining that a return value of EFI_SECURITY_VIOLATION would now
indicate that the image had been loaded and a valid image handle had
been created, but that the image should not be started.

The wording in version 2.2 is ambiguous, and does not define whether
or not a return value of EFI_SECURITY_VIOLATION indicates that a valid
image handle has been created.

Attempt to work around all of these incompatible and partially
undefined APIs by calling UnloadImage if we get a return value of
EFI_SECURITY_VIOLATION.  Minimise the risk of passing an uninitialised
pointer to UnloadImage by setting ImageHandle to NULL prior to calling
LoadImage.

Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2020-06-04 22:40:35 +01:00
Michael Brown d68befef1a [png] Fix potential integer overflow
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2020-06-04 22:09:11 +01:00
Joseph Wong ebff21a515 [bnxt] Add driver support for Broadcom NetXtreme-E Adapters
Signed-off-by: Joseph Wong <joseph.wong@broadcom.com>
2020-05-06 15:41:45 +01:00
Michael Brown bdf0e029ae [efi] Disambiguate errors returned by ConnectController
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2020-03-14 09:49:49 +00:00
Michael Brown efc1ae5aba [int13con] Create log partition only when CONSOLE_INT13 is enabled
Reduce the size of the USB disk image in the common case that
CONSOLE_INT13 is not enabled.

Originally-implemented-by: Romain Guyard <romain.guyard@mujin.co.jp>
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2020-03-01 12:59:03 +00:00
Michael Brown 49319f1bc9 [bios] Define macros for constructing partition table entries
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2020-03-01 12:34:45 +00:00
Michael Brown e3ca211071 [iscsi] Eliminate variable-length stack allocation in URI parsing
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2020-02-16 23:47:06 +00:00
Michael Brown e2e29e7ae3 [iscsi] Eliminate variable-length stack allocations in CHAP handlers
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2020-02-16 23:19:55 +00:00
Michael Brown 446e8f14e8 [settings] Eliminate variable-length stack allocation
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2020-02-16 22:30:38 +00:00
Michael Brown 0a74321915 [slam] Allow for the possibility of IPv6 multicast addresses
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2020-02-16 22:02:25 +00:00
Michael Brown c5306bcfa5 [slam] Eliminate variable-length stack allocation
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2020-02-16 21:55:59 +00:00
Michael Brown 6248ac396a [infiniband] Eliminate variable-length stack allocation
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2020-02-16 21:42:35 +00:00
Michael Brown c625681ca1 [tftp] Eliminate unnecessary variable-length stack allocation
Eliminate an unnecessary variable-length stack allocation and memory
copy by allowing TFTP option processors to modify the option string
in-place.

Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2020-02-16 20:08:20 +00:00
Michael Brown 8f1514a004 [build] Construct full version number automatically from git revision
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2020-01-02 23:54:24 +01:00
Ignat Korchagin ea832529a5 [snp] Set EFI_SIMPLE_NETWORK_RECEIVE_MULTICAST bit as per UEFI spec
According to UEFI specification 2.8 p 24.1 we must set the
EFI_SIMPLE_NETWORK_RECEIVE_MULTICAST bit in the "Disable" mask, when
"ResetMCastFilter" is TRUE.

Signed-off-by: Ignat Korchagin <ignat@cloudflare.com>
Split-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2019-12-16 10:46:04 +00:00
Ignat Korchagin ed4a82e239 [snp] Try promiscuous multicast receive filter if the regular one fails
Currently, if the SNP driver for whatever reason fails to enable
receive filters for multicast frames, it falls back to enabling just
unicast and broadcast filters.  This breaks some IPv6 functionality as
the network card does not respond to neighbour solicitation requests.

Some cards refuse to enable EFI_SIMPLE_NETWORK_RECEIVE_MULTICAST, but
do support enabling EFI_SIMPLE_NETWORK_RECEIVE_PROMISCUOUS_MULTICAST,
so try it before falling back to just unicast+broadcast.

Signed-off-by: Ignat Korchagin <ignat@cloudflare.com>
Split-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2019-12-16 10:42:09 +00:00
Michael Brown a2d3bedf1f [peerdist] Allow for the use of a hosted cache server
Allow a PeerDist hosted cache server to be specified via the
${peerhost} setting, e.g.:

  # Use 192.168.0.1 as hosted cache server
  set peerhost 192.168.0.1

Note that this simply treats the hosted cache server as a permanently
discovered peer for all segments.

Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2019-12-15 23:29:44 +00:00
Michael Brown 53af9905e0 [peerdist] Allow PeerDist to be globally enabled or disabled
Allow the use of PeerDist content encoding to be enabled or disabled
via the ${peerdist} setting, e.g.:

  # Disable PeerDist
  set peerdist 0

Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2019-12-13 14:44:22 +00:00
Michael Brown 3fe683ebab [lan78xx] Always enable automatic speed and duplex detection
On devices with no EEPROM or OTP, the MAC_CR register defaults to not
using automatic link speed detection, with the result that no packets
are successfully sent or received.

Fix by always enabling automatic speed and duplex detection, since
iPXE provides no mechanism for manual configuration of either link
speed or duplex.

Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2019-09-29 20:59:22 +01:00
Michael Brown 41a9a5c7b3 [efi] Do not attempt EFI_USB_IO_PROTOCOL transfers during shutdown
On at least some platforms (observed with a Raspberry Pi), any attempt
to perform USB transfers via EFI_USB_IO_PROTOCOL during EFI shutdown
will lock up the system.  This is quite probably due to the already
documented failure of all EFI timers when ExitBootServices() is
called: see e.g. commit 5cf5ffea2 "[efi] Work around temporal anomaly
encountered during ExitBootServices()".

Work around this problem by refusing to poll endpoints if shutdown is
in progress, and by immediately failing any attempts to enqueue new
transfers.

Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2019-09-15 10:40:23 +01:00
Michael Brown 4c8721331d [efi] Report failed control transfers as expected by the USB core
The USB core reuses the I/O buffer space occupied by the USB setup
packet to hold the completion status for message transfers, assuming
that the message() method will always strip the setup packet before
returning.  This assumption is correct for all of the hardware
controller drivers (XHCI, EHCI, and UHCI), since these drivers are
able to enqueue the transfer as a separate action from waiting for the
transfer to complete.

The EFI_USB_IO_PROTOCOL does not allow us to separate actions in this
way: there is only a single blocking method that both enqueues and
waits for completion.  Our usbio driver therefore currently defers
stripping the setup packet until the control endpoint is polled.

This causes a bug if a message transfer is enqueued but never polled
and is subsequently cancelled, since the cancellation will be reported
with the I/O buffer still containing the setup packet.  This breaks
the assumption that the setup packet has been stripped, and triggers
an assertion failure in usb_control_complete().

Fix by always stripping the setup packet in usbio_endpoint_message(),
and adjusting usbio_control_poll() to match.

Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2019-09-15 10:25:46 +01:00
Michael Brown 0b3000bbec [golan] Fix address-of-pointer bug for multicast attach/detach
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2019-08-17 17:51:18 +01:00
Michael Brown f1e6efa40b [ethernet] Avoid false positive Coverity warning
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2019-08-17 17:30:09 +01:00
Michael Brown 0cc12f053c [crypto] Profile the various stages of modular multiplication
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2019-08-17 01:24:51 +01:00
Michael Brown 131635eac0 [crypto] Drag in configured digestInfo prefixes for any use of RSA
Ensure that the configured RSA digestInfo prefixes are included in any
build that includes rsa.o (rather than relying on x509.o or tls.o also
being present in the final binary).

This allows the RSA self-tests to be run in isolation.

Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2019-08-17 01:18:34 +01:00
Michael Brown fd96acb7de [tls] Add missing call to tls_tx_resume() when restarting negotiation
The restart of negotiation triggered by a HelloRequest currently does
not call tls_tx_resume() and so may end up leaving the connection in
an idle state in which the pending ClientHello is never sent.

Fix by calling tls_tx_resume() as part of tls_restart(), since the
call to tls_tx_resume() logically belongs alongside the code that sets
bits in tls->tx_pending.

Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2019-08-16 22:51:14 +01:00
Michael Brown d8a1958ba5 [peerdist] Limit number of concurrent raw block downloads
Raw block downloads are expensive if the origin server uses HTTPS,
since each concurrent download will require local TLS resources
(including potentially large received encrypted data buffers).

Raw block downloads may also be prohibitively slow to initiate when
the origin server is using HTTPS and client certificates.  Origin
servers for PeerDist downloads are likely to be running IIS, which has
a bug that breaks session resumption and requires each connection to
go through the full client certificate verification.

Limit the total number of concurrent raw block downloads to ameliorate
these problems.

Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2019-08-16 22:19:50 +01:00
Michael Brown 02b26de963 [peerdist] Start block download timers from within opener methods
Move the responsibility for starting the block download timers from
peerblk_expired() to peerblk_raw_open() and peerblk_retrieval_open(),
in preparation for adding the ability to defer calls to
peerblk_raw_open() via a block download queue.

Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2019-08-16 22:19:50 +01:00
Michael Brown 6df2c6ab76 [process] Add PROC_INIT() for initialising static processes
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2019-08-16 22:19:48 +01:00
Michael Brown c63ef427a2 [build] Add predefined shortcut for Raspberry Pi builds
Add a build shortcut "rpi", allowing for e.g.

  make CONFIG=rpi CROSS=aarch64-linux-gnu- bin-arm64-efi/rpi.efi

Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2019-08-02 11:57:35 +01:00
Michael Brown c742c576d0 [build] Move predefined all-drivers build shortcut to Makefile
The (very approximate) split between Makefile.housekeeping and
Makefile is that the former provides mechanism and the latter provides
policy.

Provide a section within Makefile as a home for predefined build
shortcuts such as the existing all-drivers build.

Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2019-08-02 11:00:43 +01:00
Michael Brown a4f8c6e31f [build] Do not apply WORKAROUND_CFLAGS for host compiler
The WORKAROUND_CFLAGS list is constructed based on running tests on
the target compiler, and the results may not be valid for the host
compiler.

The only relevant workaround required for the host compiler is
-Wno-stringop-truncation, which is needed to avoid a spurious compiler
warning for a totally correct usage of strncpy() in util/elf2efi.c.

Duplicating the workaround tests for the host compiler is messy, as is
conditionally applying __attribute__((nonstring)).  Fix instead by
disapplying WORKAROUND_CFLAGS for the host compiler, and using
memcpy() with an explicitly calculated length instead of strncpy() in
util/elf2efi.c.

Reported-by: Ignat Korchagin <ignat@cloudflare.com>
Reported-by: Christopher Clark <christopher.w.clark@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2019-07-22 14:51:28 +01:00
Valentine Barshak 1dd56dbd11 [build] Workaround compilation error with gcc 9.1
Compiling with gcc 9.1 generates lots of "taking address of packed
member of ... may result in an unaligned pointer value" warnings.

Some of these warnings are genuine, and indicate correctly that parts
of iPXE currently require the CPU (or runtime environment) to support
unaligned accesses.  For example: the TCP/IP receive data path will
attempt to access 32-bit fields that may not be aligned to a 32-bit
boundary.

Other warnings are either spurious (such as when the pointer is to a
variable-length byte array, which can have no alignment requirement
anyway) or unhelpful (such as when the pointer is used solely to
provide a debug colour value for the DBGC() macro).

There appears to be no easy way to silence the spurious warnings.
Since the ability to perform unaligned accesses is already a
requirement for iPXE, work around the problem by silencing this class
of warnings.

Signed-off-by: Valentine Barshak <gvaxon@gmail.com>
Modified-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2019-07-22 11:07:13 +01:00
Valentine Barshak 412acd7854 [build] Fix "'%s' directive argument is null" error
Use '%p' directive, and print handle's address if the address is null
and the handle doesn't have a name.  This fixes the following
compilation error:

  interface/efi/efi_debug.c:334:3: error: '%s' directive
  argument is null [-Werror=format-overflow=]

Signed-off-by: Valentine Barshak <gvaxon@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2019-07-22 11:07:13 +01:00
Michael Brown f4cc5834ef [smscusb] Fetch MAC from device tree for Raspberry Pi Model B+
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2019-07-19 19:15:33 +01:00
Michael Brown a046329012 [build] Add named configuration for Raspberry Pi
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2019-07-19 17:45:22 +01:00
Michael Brown 83e0f9f377 [smsc95xx] Fetch MAC from device tree for Raspberry Pi
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2019-07-19 17:44:27 +01:00
Michael Brown 6dde0f60bf [efi] Register a device tree if provided by the platform firmware
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2019-07-19 17:43:02 +01:00
Michael Brown e520a51df1 [fdt] Add ability to parse a MAC address from a flattened device tree
The Raspberry Pi NIC has no EEPROM to hold the MAC address.  The
platform firmware (e.g. UEFI or U-Boot) will typically obtain the MAC
address from the VideoCore firmware and add it to the device tree,
which is then made available to subsequent programs such as iPXE or
the Linux kernel.

Add the ability to parse a flattened device tree and to extract the
MAC address.

Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2019-07-19 17:35:39 +01:00
Michael Brown a385e23768 [efi] Return only registered EFI devices from efidev_parent()
efidev_parent() currently assumes that any device with BUS_TYPE_EFI is
part of a struct efi_device.  This assumption is not valid, since the
code in efi_device_info() may also create a device with BUS_TYPE_EFI.

Fix by searching through the list of registered EFI devices when
looking for a match, instead of relying on the bus type value.

Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2019-07-15 12:49:47 +01:00
Michael Brown c2226b3d1a [arm] Provide dummy implementations for {in,out}[s]{b,w,l}
It is currently not possible to build the all-drivers iPXE binaries
for ARM, since there is no implementation for inb(), outb(), etc.

There is no common standard for accessing I/O space on ARM platforms,
and there are almost no ARM-compatible peripherals that actually
require I/O space accesses.

Provide dummy implementations that behave as though no device is
present (i.e. ignore writes, return all bits high for reads).  This is
sufficient to allow the all-drivers binaries to link, and should cause
drivers to behave as though no I/O space peripherals are present in
the system.

Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2019-07-14 15:31:25 +01:00
Michael Brown 3fb3ffccea [build] Fix use of inline assembly on GCC 8 ARM64 builds
Commit 1a7746603 ("[build] Fix use of inline assembly on GCC 4.8 ARM64
builds") switched from using "%c0" to "%a0" in order to avoid an
"invalid operand prefix" error on the ARM64 version of GCC 4.8.

It appears that the ARM64 version of GCC 8 now produces an "invalid
address mode" error for the "%a0" form, but is happy with the original
"%c0" form.

Switch back to using the "%c0" form, on the assumption that the
requirement for "%a0" was a temporary aberration.

Originally-fixed-by: John L. Jolly <jjolly@suse.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2019-07-14 14:05:48 +01:00
Mohammed 1cdf56f751 [golan] Add various new PCI device IDs
Signed-off-by: Mohammed <mohammedt@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2019-05-02 11:00:18 +01:00
Michael Brown a95966955c [intelxl] Add driver for Intel 40 Gigabit Ethernet NIC virtual functions
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2019-04-27 20:26:18 +01:00
Michael Brown 92b46b7858 [intelxl] Choose to operate in non-PXE mode
The physical function defaults to operating in "PXE mode" after a
power-on reset.  In this mode, receive descriptors are fetched and
written back as single descriptors.  In normal (non-PXE mode)
operation, receive descriptors are fetched and written back only as
complete cachelines unless an interrupt is raised.

There is no way to return to PXE mode from non-PXE mode, and there is
no way for the virtual function driver to operate in PXE mode.

Choose to operate in non-PXE mode.  This requires us to trick the
hardware into believing that it is raising an interrupt, so that it
will not defer writing back receive descriptors until a complete
cacheline (i.e. four packets) have been consumed.  We do so by
configuring the hardware to use MSI-X with a dummy target location in
place of the usual APIC register.

Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2019-04-27 20:26:18 +01:00
Michael Brown 3078a952a8 [intelxl] Expose functions required by virtual function driver
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2019-04-27 20:26:18 +01:00
Michael Brown 1e0342ebd8 [intelxl] Allow for arbitrary placement of interrupt control register
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2019-04-27 20:26:18 +01:00
Michael Brown 2dbd9c0a3c [intelxl] Split out ring creation from context programming
The virtual function driver will use the same transmit and receive
descriptor ring structures, but will not itself construct and program
the ring context.  Split out ring creation and destruction from the
programming of the ring context, to allow code to be shared between
physical and virtual function drivers.

Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2019-04-27 20:26:18 +01:00
Michael Brown 9907fd54d3 [intelxl] Allow for arbitrary placement of ring tail registers
The virtual function transmit and receive ring tail register offsets
do not match those of the physical function.  Allow the tail register
offsets to be specified separately.

Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2019-04-27 20:26:18 +01:00
Michael Brown f460a436ca [intelxl] Use 32-byte receive descriptors
The physical function driver does not allow the virtual function to
request the use of 16-byte receive descriptors.  Switch to using
32-byte receive descriptors.

Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2019-04-27 20:26:17 +01:00
Michael Brown 7676924571 [intelxl] Provide a mechanism for handling "send to VF" events
Provide a weak stub function for handling the "send to VF" event used
for communications between the physical and virtual function drivers.

Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2019-04-27 20:25:59 +01:00
Michael Brown 17298d0121 [intelxl] Allow admin cookie to hold extended opcode and return code
The "send to PF" and "send to VF" admin queue descriptors (ab)use the
cookie field to hold the extended opcode and return code values.

Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2019-04-27 20:25:59 +01:00
Michael Brown 7b68c310f9 [intelxl] Allow admin queues to be reinitialised
A virtual function reset is triggered via an admin queue command and
will reset the admin queue configuration registers.  Allow the admin
queues to be reinitialised after such a reset, without requiring the
overhead (and potential failure paths) of freeing and reallocating the
queues.

Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2019-04-27 20:25:59 +01:00
Michael Brown 8f3e648b6c [intelxl] Use one admin queue buffer per admin queue descriptor
We currently use a single data buffer shared between all admin queue
descriptors.  This works for the physical function driver since we
have at most one command in progress and only a single event (which
does not use a data buffer).

The communication path between the physical and virtual function
drivers uses the event data buffer, and there is no way to prevent a
solicited event (i.e. a response to a request) from being overwritten
by an unsolicited event (e.g. a link status change).

Provide individual data buffers for each admin event queue descriptor
(and for each admin command queue descriptor, for the sake of
consistency).

Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2019-04-27 20:25:59 +01:00
Michael Brown c5ccfe79cf [intelxl] Allow for virtual function admin queue register maps
The register map for the virtual functions appears to have been
constructed using a random number generator.

Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2019-04-27 20:25:59 +01:00
Michael Brown c901b5ca45 [intelxl] Use VLAN tag in receive descriptor if present
The physical function driver does not allow the virtual function to
request that VLAN tags are left unstripped.  Extract and use the VLAN
tag from the receive descriptor if present.

Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2019-04-27 20:25:57 +01:00
Michael Brown fe680c8228 [vlan] Provide vlan_netdev_rx() and vlan_netdev_rx_err()
The Hermon driver uses vlan_find() to identify the appropriate VLAN
device for packets that are received with the VLAN tag already
stripped out by the hardware.  Generalise this capability and expose
it for use by other network card drivers.

Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2019-04-27 20:25:00 +01:00
Michael Brown afee77d816 [pci] Add support for PCI MSI-X interrupts
The Intel 40 Gigabit Ethernet virtual functions support only MSI-X
interrupts, and will write back completed interrupt descriptors only
when the device attempts to raise an interrupt (or when a complete
cacheline of receive descriptors has been completed).

We cannot actually use MSI-X interrupts within iPXE, since we never
have ownership of the APIC.  However, an MSI-X interrupt is
fundamentally just a DMA write of a single dword to an arbitrary
address.  We can therefore configure the device to "raise" an
interrupt by writing a meaningless value to an otherwise unused memory
location: this is sufficient to trigger the receive descriptor
writeback logic.

Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2019-04-24 11:41:38 +01:00
Christian Nilsson ebf2eaf515 [intel] Add PCI ID for I219-V and -LM 6 to 9
Signed-off-by: Christian Nilsson <nikize@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2019-03-18 10:24:08 +00:00
Michael Brown b6ffe28a21 [ocsp] Accept response certID with missing hashAlgorithm parameters
One of the design goals of ASN.1 DER is to provide a canonical
serialization of a data structure, thereby allowing for equality of
values to be tested by simply comparing the serialized bytes.

Some OCSP servers will modify the request certID to omit the optional
(and null) "parameters" portion of the hashAlgorithm.  This is
arguably legal but breaks the ability to perform a straightforward
bitwise comparison on the entire certID field between request and
response.

Fix by comparing the OID-identified hashAlgorithm separately from the
remaining certID fields.

Originally-fixed-by: Thilo Fromm <Thilo@kinvolk.io>
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2019-03-10 18:13:52 +00:00
Michael Brown f6b2bf9507 [tcp] Display "connecting" status until connection is established
Provide increased visibility into the progress of TCP connections by
displaying an explicit "connecting" status message while waiting for
the TCP handshake to complete.

Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2019-03-10 17:29:06 +00:00
Michael Brown 7b63c1275f [tls] Display validator messages only while validation is in progress
Allow the cipherstream to report progress status messages during
connection establishment.

Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2019-03-10 17:27:33 +00:00
Michael Brown b28ccfc725 [tls] Display cross-certificate and OCSP status messages
TLS connections will almost always create background connections to
perform cross-signed certificate downloads and OCSP checks.  There is
currently no direct visibility into which checks are taking place,
which makes troubleshooting difficult in the absence of either a
packet capture or a debug build.

Use the job progress message buffer to report the current cross-signed
certificate download or OCSP status check, where applicable.

Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2019-03-07 15:23:19 +00:00
Michael Brown 447e5cd447 [crypto] Use x509_name() in validator debug messages
Display a human-readable certificate name in validator debug messages
wherever possible.

Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2019-03-07 13:47:30 +00:00
Michael Brown eaba1a22b8 [tls] Support stateless session resumption
Add support for RFC5077 session ticket extensions to allow for
stateless TLS session resumption.

Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2019-03-06 15:11:18 +00:00
Michael Brown 799781f168 [tls] Fix incorrectly duplicated error number
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2019-03-06 15:11:18 +00:00
Michael Brown 272fe32529 [tls] Support stateful session resumption
Record the session ID (if any) provided by the server and attempt to
reuse it for any concurrent connections to the same server.

If multiple connections are initiated concurrently (e.g. when using
PeerDist) then defer sending the ClientHello for all but the first
connection, to allow time for the first connection to potentially
obtain a session ID (and thereby speed up the negotiation for all
remaining connections).

Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2019-02-21 11:32:25 +00:00
Michael Brown 64b4452bca [efi] Blacklist the Dell Ip4ConfigDxe driver
On a Dell OptiPlex 7010, calling DisconnectController() on the LOM
device handle will lock up the system.  Debugging shows that execution
is trapped in an infinite loop that is somehow trying to reconnect
drivers (without going via ConnectController()).

The problem can be reproduced in the UEFI shell with no iPXE code
present, by using the "disconnect" command.  Experimentation shows
that the only fix is to unload (rather than just disconnect) the
"Ip4ConfigDxe" driver.

Add the concept of a blacklist of UEFI drivers that will be
automatically unloaded when iPXE runs as an application, and add the
Dell Ip4ConfigDxe driver to this blacklist.

Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2019-02-19 19:02:11 +00:00
Michael Brown 36a4c85f91 [init] Show startup and shutdown function names in debug messages
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2019-01-25 14:53:43 +00:00
Petr Borsodi de4565cbe7 [util] Add support for EFI ROM images
The Option::ROM module recognizes and checks EFI header of image.  The
disrom.pl utility dumps this header if is present.

Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2019-01-21 11:58:02 +00:00
Petr Borsodi 3f4c179a14 [util] Improve processing of ROM images in Option::ROM
The Option::ROM module now compares the Code Type in the PCIR header
to 0x00 (PC-AT) in order to check the presence of other header types
(PnP, UNDI, iPXE, etc).  The validity of these headers are checked not
only by offset, but by range and signature checks also.  The image
checksum and initial size also depends on Code Type.

Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2019-01-21 11:56:35 +00:00
Michael Brown 956f6a7227 [zbin] Fix compiler warning with GCC 9
GCC 9 warns that abs() may truncate its signed long argument.  Fix by
using labs() instead.

Reported-by: Martin Liška <mliska@suse.cz>
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2019-01-21 11:17:04 +00:00
Aaron Young 3946aa9bac [libc] Fix strcmp()/strncmp() to return proper values
Fix strcmp() and strncmp() to return proper standard positive/negative
values for unequal strings.  Current implementation is backwards
(i.e. the functions are returning negative when should be positive and
vice-versa).

Currently all consumers of these functions only check the return value
for ==0 or !=0 and so we can safely change the implementation without
breaking things.

Signed-off-by: Aaron Young <Aaron.Young@oracle.com>
Modified-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2019-01-15 14:12:27 +00:00
Ignat Korchagin e226fecd1b [efi] Fix error handling path in efi_snp_probe
Current (simplified):

1. InstallMultipleProtocolInterfaces
       if err goto err_install_protocol_interface;
2. OpenProtocol(efi_nii_protocol_guid)
       if err goto err_open_nii;
3. OpenProtocol(efi_nii31_protocol_guid)
       if err goto err_open_nii31;
4. efi_child_add
       if err goto err_efi_child_add;
...
err_efi_child_add:
   CloseProtocol(efi_nii_protocol_guid) <= should be efi_nii31_protocol_guid
err_open_nii: <= should be err_open_nii31
   CloseProtocol(efi_nii31_protocol_guid) <= should be efi_nii_protocol_guid
err_open_nii31: <= should be err_open_nii
   UninstallMultipleProtocolInterfaces

Signed-off-by: Ignat Korchagin <ignat@cloudflare.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2019-01-15 14:01:17 +00:00
Petr Borsodi ba0d5aa993 [pci] Correct invalid base-class/sub-class/prog-if order in PCIR
PCI Configuration Space contains fields prog-if at the offset 0x09,
sub-class at the offset 0x0a and base-class at the offset 0x0b (it
respects little endian).  PCIR structure uses these fields in the same
order.

Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2019-01-15 13:08:44 +00:00
Christian Hesse 133f4c47ba [build] Handle R_X86_64_PLT32 from binutils 2.31
Starting from binutils 2.31.0 (commit bd7ab16b) x86-64 assembler
generates R_X86_64_PLT32 instead of R_X86_64_PC32.

Acked-by: John Jolly <jjolly@suse.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2018-09-17 12:24:18 +01:00
Martin Habets af1860711a [sfc] Add support for X25xx adapters
The first adapters in this family are X2522-10, X2522-25, X2541 and
X2542.

These no longer use PCI BAR 0 for I/O, but use that for memory.  In
other words, BAR 2 on SFN8xxx adapters now becomes BAR 0.

Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2018-08-26 22:02:23 +01:00
Michael Brown d2063b7693 [intelxl] Add driver for Intel 40 Gigabit Ethernet NICs
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2018-07-17 12:14:43 +01:00
Michael Brown b9d68b9de0 [ethernet] Use standard 1500 byte MTU unless explicitly overridden
Devices that support jumbo frames will currently default to the
largest possible MTU.  This assumption is valid for virtual adapters
such as virtio-net, where the MTU must have been configured by a
system administrator, but is unsafe in the general case of a physical
adapter.

Default to the standard Ethernet MTU, unless explicitly overridden
either by the driver or via the ${netX/mtu} setting.

Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2018-07-17 12:14:43 +01:00
Michael Brown 05b979146d [rndis] Clean up error handling path in register_rndis()
Avoid calling rndis_halt() and rndis->op->close() twice if the call to
register_netdev() fails.

Reported-by: Roman Kagan <rkagan@virtuozzo.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2018-07-09 10:35:57 +01:00
Michael Brown 1c47eb186e [build] Use positive-form tests when checking for supported warnings
Some versions of gcc seem to silently accept an attempt to disable an
unrecognised warning (e.g. via -Wno-stringop-truncation) but will then
report the unrecognised warning if any other error occurs during the
build, resulting in a potentially misleading error message.

Avoid this potential confusion by using the positive-form tests in
order to determine the workaround CFLAGS.

Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2018-07-08 18:17:18 +01:00
Roman Kagan 40956545e2 [vmbus] Do not expect version in version_response
The definition of version_response channel message in Linux doesn't
include version field, so the upcoming VMBus implementation in QEMU
doesn't set it either.  Neither Windows nor Linux had any problem with
this.

The check against this field is redundant because the message is the
response to initiate_contact message containing the specific version
requested, so the response with version_supported=true is unambiguous.

Drop this check and don't rely on the field to be present in the
message.

Signed-off-by: Roman Kagan <rkagan@virtuozzo.com>
Modified-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2018-07-08 00:45:47 +01:00
Roman Kagan 16d7495308 [rndis] Register netdev with MAC filled
register_netdev expects ->hw_addr and ->ll_addr to be already filled,
so move it towards the end of register_rndis, after the respective
fields have been successfully queried from the underlying device.

Signed-off-by: Roman Kagan <rkagan@virtuozzo.com>
Modified-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2018-07-07 20:19:14 +01:00
Rob Taglang 88ac1d3fe4 [efi] Exclude link-layer header length from MaxPacketSize
Modified-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2018-07-07 20:12:10 +01:00
Steven Haber 97a3d37285 [intelx] Add support for Intel X552 NIC
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2018-07-07 20:05:25 +01:00
Bruce Rogers 8ed4e3049f [build] Disable gcc stringop-truncation warnings
The gcc 8 compiler introduces a warning for certain string
manipulation functions, flagging usages which _may_ not be intended.
An audit of the iPXE sources indicates all usages of strncat and
strncpy are as intended, so the warnings currently issued are not
helpful, especially if warnings are considered errors.

Fix by detecting gcc's support for -Wno-stringop-truncation and, if
detected, using that option to avoid the warning.

Signed-off-by: Bruce Rogers <brogers@suse.com>
Modified-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
Also-fixed-by: Christian Hesse <list@eworm.de>
Also-fixed-by: Roman Kagan <rkagan@virtuozzo.com>
Also-fixed-by: Bernhard M. Wiedemann <bwiedemann@suse.de>
Also-fixed-by: Olaf Hering <olaf@aepfle.de>
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2018-07-07 19:46:16 +01:00
Michael Brown e7f67d5a4c [http] Work around stateful authentication schemes
As pointedly documented in RFC7230 section 2.3, HTTP is a stateless
protocol: each request message can be understood in isolation from any
other requests or responses.  Various authentication schemes such as
NTLM break this fundamental property of HTTP and rely on the same TCP
connection being reused.

Work around these broken authentication schemes by ensuring that the
most recently pooled connection is reused for the subsequent
authentication retry.

Reported-by: Andreas Hammarskjöld <junior@2PintSoftware.com>
Tested-by: Andreas Hammarskjöld <junior@2PintSoftware.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2018-06-08 13:53:02 +01:00
Sylvie Barlow 960d1e36b0 [icplus] Add driver for IC+ network card
Signed-off-by: Sylvie Barlow <sylvie.c.barlow@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2018-04-20 15:26:09 +01:00
Sylvie Barlow c239f0bff2 [mii] Add bit-bashing interface
Signed-off-by: Sylvie Barlow <sylvie.c.barlow@gmail.com>
Modified-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2018-04-20 15:24:33 +01:00
Sylvie Barlow 7ed1dc98c3 [mii] Add mii_find()
Add the function mii_find() in order to locate the PHY address.

Signed-off-by: Sylvie Barlow <sylvie.c.barlow@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2018-04-20 15:21:32 +01:00
Michael Brown 6047b7ca7a [mii] Fix typo in parameter name
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2018-04-20 13:25:46 +01:00
Michael Brown e901e6b73b [tcp] Add missing packed attribute on struct tcp_header
Debugged-by: Mark Rutland <mark.rutland@arm.com>
Debugged-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2018-04-19 19:05:37 +01:00
Michael Brown 6804a8c89b [mii] Separate concepts of MII interface and MII device
We currently have no generic concept of a PHY address, since all
existing implementations simply hardcode the PHY address within the
MII access methods.

A bit-bashing MII interface will need to be provided with an explicit
PHY address in order to generate the correct waveform.  Allow for this
by separating out the concept of a MII device (i.e. a specific PHY
address attached to a particular MII interface).

Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2018-04-19 12:43:06 +01:00
Michael Brown 285e3e5287 [velocity] Fix usage of mii_read() and mii_write()
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2018-04-19 12:36:16 +01:00
Michael Brown f71ba143c7 [rhine] Fix usage of mii_read()
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2018-04-19 12:34:08 +01:00
Michael Brown d6f02c72c9 [undi] Include subsystem IDs in broken interrupt device check
Allow the subsystem IDs to be used when checking for PXE stacks with
broken interrupt support.

Suggested-by: Levi Hsieh <Levi.Hsieh@dell.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2018-04-18 16:57:05 +01:00
Rob Taglang 2eef77ecc0 [intelx] Add PCI_ROM entry for Intel X553 NIC
Modified-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2018-04-10 17:38:17 +01:00
Heinrich Schuchardt 8c17ee115d [efi] Add support for R_ARM_REL32 relocations
The relocation type R_ARM_REL32 is generated when building
bin-arm32-efi/snp.efi using gcc 6.3 and ld 2.28.

R_ARM_REL32 is a program counter (PC) relative 32 bit relocation so we
can ignore it like all other PC relative relocations.

Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2018-03-28 17:55:58 +01:00
Michael Brown 4f362a032b [efi] Do not raise TPL within EFI_DRIVER_BINDING_PROTOCOL.Supported()
When booting some versions of the UEFI shell, our driver binding
protocol's Supported() entry point is called at TPL_NOTIFY for no
discernible reason.  Attempting to raise to TPL_CALLBACK triggers an
immediate assertion failure in the firmware.

Since our Supported() method can run at any TPL, fix by simply not
attempting to raise the TPL within this method.

Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2018-03-26 12:10:09 +01:00
Michael Brown 331ac451e7 [efi] Release SNP devices before starting SAN boot image
Release SNP devices to allow the SAN booted image to use our
EFI_SIMPLE_NETWORK_PROTOCOL instance, and to ensure that the image is
started at TPL_APPLICATION.

Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2018-03-26 11:31:41 +01:00
Michael Brown baaf50017d [tls] Ensure that window change is propagated to plainstream interface
The cipherstream xfer_window_changed() message is used to retrigger
the TLS transmit state machine.  If the transmit state machine is
idle, then the window change message will not be propagated to the
plainstream interface.  This can potentially cause the plainstream
interface peer (e.g. httpcore) to block waiting for a window change
message that will never arrive.

Fix by ensuring that the window change message is propagated to the
plainstream interface if the transmit state machine is idle.  (If the
transmit state machine is not idle then the plainstream window will be
zero anyway.)

Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2018-03-24 21:51:07 +00:00
Michael Brown 4152aff103 [tls] Rename tls_session to tls_connection
In TLS terminology a session conceptually spans multiple individual
connections, and essentially represents the stored cryptographic state
(master secret and cipher suite) required to establish communication
without going through the certificate and key exchange handshakes.

Rename tls_session to tls_connection in order to make the name
tls_session available to represent the session state.

Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2018-03-24 21:37:17 +00:00
Michael Brown 6be010d919 [list] Add list_is_first_entry() and list_is_last_entry()
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2018-03-24 21:32:06 +00:00
Michael Brown ac4fbd47ae [tls] Ensure received data list is initialised before calling tls_free()
A failure in tls_generate_random() will result in a call to ref_put()
before the received data list has been initialised, which will cause
free_tls() to attempt to traverse an uninitialised list.

Fix by ensuring that all fields referenced by free_tls() are
initialised before any of the potential failure paths.

Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2018-03-23 11:07:29 +00:00
Robin Smidsrød eda9f4db61 [util] Support reversed sort ordering when generating NIC list
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2018-03-21 17:09:25 +02:00
Michael Brown bc85368cdd [librm] Ensure that inline code symbols are unique
Commit 6149e0a ("[librm] Provide symbols for inline code placed into
other sections") may cause build failures due to duplicate label names
if the compiler chooses to duplicate inline assembly code.

Fix by using the "%=" special format string to include a
guaranteed-unique number within the label name.

The "%=" will be expanded only if constraints exist for the inline
assembly.  This fix therefore requires that all REAL_CODE() fragments
use a (possibly empty) constraint list.

Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2018-03-21 17:00:53 +02:00
Michael Brown 6149e0af3c [librm] Provide symbols for inline code placed into other sections
Provide symbols constructed from the object name and line number for
code fragments placed into alternative sections, such as inline
REAL_CODE() assembly placed into .text16.  This simplifies the
debugging task of finding the source code corresponding to a given
instruction pointer.

Note that we cannot use __FUNCTION__ since it is not a preprocessor
macro and so cannot be concatenated with string literals.

Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2018-03-21 14:44:04 +02:00
Michael Brown 0600ffeb30 [undi] Treat invalid IRQ numbers as non-fatal errors
If the underlying PXE stack reports an invalid IRQ number (above
IRQ_MAX), treat this as equivalent to an empty IRQ number and fall
back to using polling mode.

Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2018-03-21 10:28:05 +02:00
Michael Brown 1df3b53051 [build] Prevent use of MMX and SSE registers
The existence of MMX and SSE is required by the System V x86_64 ABI
and so is assumed by gcc, but these registers are not preserved by our
own interrupt handlers and are unlikely to be preserved by other
context switch handlers in a boot firmware environment.

Explicitly prevent gcc from using MMX or SSE registers to avoid
potential problems due to silent register corruption.

We must remove the %xmm0-%xmm5 clobbers from the x86_64 version of
hv_call() since otherwise gcc will complain about unknown register
names.  Theoretically, we should probably add code to explicitly
preserve the %xmm0-%xmm5 registers across a hypercall, in order to
guarantee to external code that these registers remain unchanged.  In
practice this is difficult since SSE registers are disabled by
default: for background information see commits 71560d1 ("[librm]
Preserve FPU, MMX and SSE state across calls to virt_call()") and
dd9a14d ("[librm] Conditionalize the workaround for the Tivoli VMM's
SSE garbling").

Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2018-03-20 22:01:08 +02:00
Michael Brown 0d35411f88 [rng] Use fixed-point calculations for min-entropy quantities
We currently perform various min-entropy calculations using build-time
floating-point arithmetic.  No floating-point code ends up in the
final binary, since the results are eventually converted to integers
and asserted to be compile-time constants.

Though this mechanism is undoubtedly cute, it inhibits us from using
"-mno-sse" to prevent the use of SSE registers by the compiler.

Fix by using fixed-point arithmetic instead.

Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2018-03-20 20:56:01 +02:00
Ameer Mahagneh d5d4bf8870 [golan] Set log_max_qp to 1
This is required to work around a bug in some firmware versions.

Signed-off-by: Ameer Mahagneh <ameerm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2018-03-20 17:55:04 +02:00
Michael Brown 3ec2079ce2 [time] Add support for the ACPI power management timer
Allow the ACPI power management timer to be used if enabled via
TIMER_ACPI in config/timer.h.  This provides an alternative timer on
systems where the standard 8254 PIT is unavailable or unreliable.

Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2018-03-20 17:26:49 +02:00
Michael Brown e8e9ca3613 [efi] Provide Map_Mem() and associated UNDI callbacks
Some drivers are known to call the optional Map_Mem() callback without
first checking that the callback exists.  Provide a usable basic
implementation of Map_Mem() along with the other callbacks that become
mandatory if Map_Mem() is provided.

Note that in theory the PCI I/O protocol is allowed to require
multiple calls to Map(), with each call handling only a subset of the
overall mapped range.  However, the reference implementation in EDK2
assumes that a single Map() will always suffice, so we can probably
make the same simplifying assumption here.

Tested with the Intel E3522X2.EFI driver (which, incidentally, fails
to cleanly remove one of its mappings).

Originally-implemented-by: Maor Dickman <maord@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2018-03-20 13:31:45 +02:00
Michael Brown 342ff967cc [lacp] Check the partner's own state when checking for blocked links
The blocked link test in eth_slow_lacp_rx() is performed before the
actor TLV is copied to the partner TLV, and so must test the actor
state field rather than the partner state field.

Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2018-03-19 15:47:39 +02:00
Michael Brown 9759860ec0 [ocsp] Allow OCSP checks to be disabled
Some CAs provide non-functional OCSP servers, and some clients are
forced to operate on networks without access to the OCSP servers.
Allow the user to explicitly disable the use of OCSP checks by
undefining OCSP_CHECK in config/crypto.h.

Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2018-03-18 22:30:21 +02:00
Michael Brown a0021a30dd [ocsp] Centralise test for whether or not an OCSP check is required
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2018-03-18 22:25:01 +02:00
Michael Brown ae93064496 [profile] Prevent potential division by zero
Limit the profile sample count to INT_MAX to avoid both signed
overflow and a potential division by zero when updating the stored
mean value.

Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2018-03-18 18:39:39 +02:00
Michael Brown b11ae1d91b [tftp] Prevent potential division by zero
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2018-03-18 17:43:11 +02:00
Michael Brown c160c9dfc0 [lacp] Fix debug message to match documentation
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2018-03-18 17:20:04 +02:00
Michael Brown 33d79d5d2b [lacp] Mark link as blocked if partner is not yet up and running
Mark the link as blocked if the LACP partner is not reporting itself
as being in sync, collecting, and distributing.

This matches the behaviour for STP: we mark the link as blocked if we
detect that the switch is actively blocking traffic, in order to
extend the DHCP discovery period and so prevent boot failures on
switches that take an excessively long time to enable ports.

Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2018-03-18 17:16:35 +02:00
Michael Brown 0778418e29 [golan] Do not assume all devices are identical
Remove the global variable shomron_nodnic_supported, since it may have
different values for different PCI devices.

Originally-fixed-by: Mohammed Taha <mohammedt@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2018-03-18 15:41:21 +02:00
Michael Brown 89e31f8491 [librm] Add facility to provide register and stack dump for CPU exceptions
When DEBUG=librm_mgmt is enabled, intercept CPU exceptions and provide
a register and stack dump, then drop to an emergency shell.  Exiting
from the shell will almost certainly not work, but this provides an
opportunity to view the register and stack dump and carry out some
basic debugging.

Note that we can intercept only the first 8 CPU exceptions, since a
PXE ROM is not permitted to rebase the PIC.

Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2018-03-18 14:59:34 +02:00
Rob Taglang 0c43bb934a [intel] Add PCI_ROM entry for Intel i354 NIC
Modified-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2018-03-15 00:04:33 +00:00
Michael Brown 10d083ffa9 [efi] Raise TPL within EFI_DRIVER_BINDING_PROTOCOL entry points
Debugged-by: Rob Taglang <rob@privatemachines.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2018-03-14 23:55:28 +00:00
Michael Brown d8c500b794 [efi] Drop to TPL_APPLICATION when gathering entropy
Commit c89a446 ("[efi] Run at TPL_CALLBACK to protect against UEFI
timers") introduced a regression in the EFI entropy gathering code.
When the EFI_RNG_PROTOCOL is not present, we fall back to using timer
interrupts (as for the BIOS build).  Since timer interrupts are
disabled at TPL_CALLBACK, WaitForEvent() fails and no entropy can be
gathered.

Fix by dropping to TPL_APPLICATION while entropy gathering is enabled.

Reported-by: Andreas Hammarskjöld <junior@2PintSoftware.com>
Tested-by: Andreas Hammarskjöld <junior@2PintSoftware.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2018-03-12 11:02:19 +00:00
Hannes Reinecke c84f9d6727 [iscsi] Parse IPv6 address in root path
The iSCSI root path may contain a literal IPv6 address.  Update the
parser to handle this address format correctly.

Signed-off-by: Hannes Reinecke <hare@suse.de>
Modified-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2018-03-01 13:30:41 +00:00
Michael Brown 47849be3a9 [process] Include process name in debug messages
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2018-02-20 18:02:25 +00:00
Michael Brown f672a27b34 [efi] Raise TPL within EFI_USB_IO_PROTOCOL entry points
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2018-02-20 11:19:39 +00:00
Michael Brown a272b7ce57 [efi] Raise TPL within EFI_SIMPLE_NETWORK_PROTOCOL entry points
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2018-02-20 11:19:21 +00:00
Michael Brown c89a446cf0 [efi] Run at TPL_CALLBACK to protect against UEFI timers
As noted in the comments, UEFI manages to combines the all of the
worst aspects of both a polling design (inefficiency and inability to
sleep until something interesting happens) and of an interrupt-driven
design (the complexity of code that could be preempted at any time,
thanks to UEFI timers).

This causes problems in particular for UEFI USB keyboards: the
keyboard driver calls UsbAsyncInterruptTransfer() to set up a periodic
timer which is used to poll the USB bus.  This poll may interrupt a
critical section within iPXE, typically resulting in list corruption
and either a hang or reboot.

Work around this problem by mirroring the BIOS design, in which we run
with interrupts disabled almost all of the time.

Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2018-02-20 10:56:31 +00:00
Michael Brown 8dbb73a779 [xhci] Consume event TRB before reporting completion to USB core
Reporting a completion via usb_complete() will pass control outside
the scope of xhci.c, and could potentially result in a further call to
xhci_event_poll() before returning from usb_complete().  Since we
currently update the event consumer counter only after calling
usb_complete(), this can result in duplicate completions and
consequent corruption of the submission TRB ring structures.

Fix by updating the event ring consumer counter before passing control
to usb_complete().

Reported-by: Andreas Hammarskjöld <junior@2PintSoftware.com>
Tested-by: Andreas Hammarskjöld <junior@2PintSoftware.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2018-02-19 18:59:45 +00:00
Michael Brown 6737a8795f [http] Allow for domain names within NTLM user names
Allow a NetBIOS domain name to be specified within a URL using a
syntax such as:

  http://domain%5Cusername:password@server/path

Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2018-02-19 11:58:28 +00:00
Michael Brown 546dd51de8 [intel] Work around broken reset mechanism in i219 devices
The i219 appears to have a seriously broken reset mechanism.  After
any transmit or receive activity, resetting the card will break both
the transmit and receive datapaths until the next PCI bus reset.

The Linux and BSD drivers include a convoluted workaround authored by
Intel which involves setting a bit in the undocumented FEXTNVM11
register, then transmitting a dummy 512-byte packet containing garbage
data, then reconfiguring the receive descriptor prefetch thresholds
and temporarily reenabling the receive datapath.  The comments in the
Intel fix do not even remotely match what the code actually does, and
the code accidentally leaves the transmitter enabled after use.

Experimentation suggests that an equivalent fix is to simply set the
undocumented bit in FEXTNVM11 before enabling the transmit or receive
descriptor rings.

Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2018-02-03 19:21:54 +00:00
Michael Brown c900751fa6 [xhci] Assume an invalid PSI table if any invalid PSI value is observed
Invalid protocol speed ID tables appear to be increasingly common in
the wild, to the point that it is infeasible to apply an explicit
XHCI_BAD_PSIV flag for each offending PCI device ID.

Fix by assuming an invalid PSI table as soon as any invalid value is
reported by the hardware.

Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2018-01-29 21:28:12 +00:00
Michael Brown fbe8c52d0d [ena] Fix spurious uninitialised variable warning on older versions of gcc
Some older versions of gcc (observed with gcc 4.7.2) report a spurious
uninitialised variable warning in ena_get_device_attributes().  Work
around this warning by manually inlining the relevant code (which has
only a single call site).

Reported-by: xbgmsharp <xbgmsharp@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2018-01-17 14:09:56 +00:00
Martin Habets 70189a8e47 [netdevice] Make netdev_irq_enabled() independent of netdev_irq_supported()
The UNDI layer uses the NETDEV_IRQ_ENABLED flag to choose whether to
return PXENV_UNDI_ISR_OUT_OURS or PXENV_UNDI_ISR_OUT_NOT_OURS for a
given interrupt.  For a network device that does not support
interrupts, the flag will never be set and so pxenv_undi_isr() will
always return PXENV_UNDI_ISR_OUT_NOT_OURS.  This causes some NBPs
(such as lpxelinux.0) to hang.

Redefine NETDEV_IRQ_ENABLED as a simple administrative flag which can
be set even on network devices that do not support interrupts.  This
allows pxenv_undi_isr() (which is the sole user of NETDEV_IRQ_ENABLED)
to function as expected by lpxelinux.0.

Signed-off-by: Martin Habets <mhabets@solarflare.com>
Modified-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2018-01-14 21:53:29 +00:00
Joseph Wong 08db2fd55c [tg3] Add support for SerDes PHY initialization
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2018-01-14 21:26:36 +00:00
Michael Brown 329202691f [skel] Remove MII interface
Most drivers do not utilise an MII interface, since the link state is
typically available directly from a memory-mapped register.

Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2018-01-14 21:16:36 +00:00
Michael Brown 2fb70e8b32 [ena] Add driver for Amazon ENA virtual function NIC
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2018-01-12 23:46:02 +00:00
Michael Brown 2bb4ec1f54 [build] Avoid use of "ld --oformat binary"
Using "ld --oformat binary" for mbr.bin and usbdisk.bin seems to cause
segmentation faults on some versions of binutils (observed on Fedora
27).  Work around this problem by using ld to create an intermediate
ELF object, followed by objcopy (via the existing %.tmp -> %.bin rule)
to create the final binary.

Note that we cannot simply use a single-stage "objcopy -O binary"
since this will not process the relocation records for x86_64: see
commit 1afcccd ("[build] Do not use "objcopy -O binary" for objects
with relocation records").

Reported-by: Brent S <bts@square-r00t.net>
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2018-01-02 21:26:40 +01:00
Michael Brown 00c5b958c5 [legal] Add missing FILE_LICENCE declarations
Add missing FILE_LICENCE declarations to x86_64 headers based on the
corresponding i386 headers (from which the x86_64 headers were
originally derived).

Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2017-12-29 11:57:00 +00:00
Michael Brown ff648c339d [legal] Add missing FILE_LICENCE declarations
Add missing FILE_LICENCE declarations to EFI headers based on the
corresponding source file.

Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2017-12-29 11:54:59 +00:00
Michael Brown be9ed2848d [image] Omit URI query string and fragment from download progress messages
The URIs printed as part of download progress messages are intended to
provide a quick visual progress indication to the user.  Very long
query strings can render this visual indication useless in practice,
since the most important information (generally the URI host and path)
is drowned out by multiple lines of human-illegible URI-encoded data.

Omit the query string entirely from the download progress message.
For consistency and brevity, also omit the URI fragment along with the
username and password (which was previously redacted anyway).

Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2017-12-28 13:42:44 +00:00
Michael Brown 659c484efc [http] Report unsuccessful response status lines at DBGVL_LOG
The precise HTTP response status code is currently visible only at
DBGLVL_EXTRA.  Allow for easier debugging by reporting the whole
status line at DBGLVL_LOG for any unsuccessful responses.

Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2017-12-28 13:04:59 +00:00
Michael Brown ea29122a70 [http] Include error messages for 4xx and 5xx response codes
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2017-12-28 12:34:07 +00:00
Michael Brown e4461f65d8 [xen] Skip probing of any unsupported device types
Xen 4.4 includes the device "device/suspend/event-channel" which does
not have a "backend" key.  This currently causes the entire XenBus
device tree probe to fail.

Fix by skipping probe attempts for device types for which there is no
iPXE driver.

Debugged-by: Eytan Heidingsfeld <eytanh@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2017-12-28 12:09:27 +00:00
Janos Mattyasovszky aeffcce44f [intel] Add PCI device ID for X550-T2
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2017-12-20 12:20:43 +00:00
Michael Brown b5e0b50723 [http] Add support for NTLM authentication
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2017-11-12 18:52:04 +00:00
Michael Brown 96bd872c03 [http] Handle parsing of WWW-Authenticate header within authentication scheme
Allow individual authentication schemes to parse WWW-Authenticate
headers that do not comply with RFC2617.

Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2017-11-12 18:52:04 +00:00
Michael Brown c49acbb4d2 [http] Gracefully handle offers of multiple authentication schemes
Servers may provide multiple WWW-Authenticate headers, each offering a
different authentication scheme.  We currently fail the request as
soon as we encounter an unrecognised scheme, which prevents subsequent
offers from succeeding.

Fix by silently ignoring headers for schemes that we do not recognise.
If no schemes are recognised then the request will eventually fail
anyway due to the 401 response code.

If multiple schemes are supported, arbitrarily choose the scheme
appearing first within the response headers.

Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2017-11-12 18:52:03 +00:00
Michael Brown fc2f0dd930 [ntlm] Add support for NTLM authentication mechanism
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2017-11-12 18:52:03 +00:00
Michael Brown 0077b0933d [crypto] Add MD4 message digest algorithm
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2017-11-12 18:52:03 +00:00
Michael Brown 32d54691e9 [crypto] Eliminate repetitions in MD5 round constant table
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2017-11-12 18:52:03 +00:00
Michael Brown fb6b66ce13 [crypto] Fix endianness typo in comment
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2017-11-11 23:45:31 +00:00
Michael Brown 1b67a05646 [efi] Allow for building with older versions of elf.h system header
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2017-09-24 19:26:58 +01:00
Heinrich Schuchardt c4ce92599d [efi] Accept (and ignore) R_ARM_V4BX relocations
Relocation type R_ARM_V4BX requires no computation.  It marks the
location of an ARMv4 branch exchange instruction.

Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Modified-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2017-09-24 18:03:10 +01:00
Ladi Prosek 0631a46a94 [crypto] Fail fast if cross-certificate source is empty
In fully self-contained deployments it may be desirable to build iPXE
with an empty CROSSCERT source to avoid talking to external services.

Add an explicit check for this case and make validator_start_download
fail immediately if the base URI is empty.

Signed-off-by: Ladi Prosek <lprosek@redhat.com>
Modified-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2017-09-24 17:56:04 +01:00
Michael Brown 74d90b33f8 [efi] Inhibit our driver Start() method during disconnection attempts
Some HP BIOSes (observed with a Z840) seem to attempt to connect our
drivers in the middle of our call to DisconnectController().  The
precise chain of events is unclear, but the symptom is that we see
several calls to our Supported() and Start() methods, followed by a
system lock-up.

Work around this dubious BIOS behaviour by explicitly failing calls to
our Start() method while we are in the middle of attempting to
disconnect drivers.

Reported-by: Jordan Wright <jordan.m.wright@disney.com>
Debugged-by: Adrian Lucrèce Céleste <adrianlucrececeleste@airmail.cc>
Debugged-by: Christian Nilsson <nikize@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Jordan Wright <jordan.m.wright@disney.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2017-09-22 18:39:04 +01:00
Michael Brown 7428ab7258 [build] Exclude selected directories from Secure Boot builds
When submitting binaries for UEFI Secure Boot signing, certain
known-dubious subsystems (such as 802.11 and NFS) must be excluded
from the build.  Mark the directories containing these subsystems as
insecure, and allow the build target to include an explicit "security
flag" (a literal "-sb" appended to the build platform) to exclude
these source directories from the build process.

For example:

  make bin-x86_64-efi-sb/ipxe.efi

will build iPXE with all code from the 802.11 and NFS subsystems
excluded from the build.

Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2017-09-18 14:38:12 +01:00
Michael Brown d46c53cfc6 [efi] Continue to connect remaining handles after connection errors
Some UEFI BIOSes will deliberately break the implementation of
ConnectController() to return errors for devices that have been
"disabled" via the BIOS setup screen.  (As an added bonus, such BIOSes
may return garbage EFI_STATUS values such as 0xff.)

Work around these broken UEFI BIOSes by ignoring failures and
continuing to attempt to connect any remaining handles.

Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2017-09-13 10:07:55 +03:00
Peter von Konigsmark 9720f8396f [exanic] Add PCI device ID for another X40 variant
Modified-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2017-09-07 12:37:09 +01:00
Peter von Konigsmark f756fd78f7 [exanic] Power up optical PHYs (if present)
Modified-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2017-09-07 12:36:33 +01:00
Michael Brown af02a8d071 [dns] Ensure DNS names are NUL-terminated when used as diagnostic strings
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2017-09-07 12:19:35 +01:00
Michael Brown e8f30571a3 [efi] Match behaviour of SnpDxe for truncated received packets
The UEFI specification does not state whether or not a return value of
EFI_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL from the SNP Receive() method should follow the
usual EFI API behaviour of allowing the caller to retry the request
with an increased buffer size.

Examination of the SnpDxe driver in EDK2 suggests that Receive() will
just return the truncated packet (complete with any requested
link-layer header fields), so match this behaviour.

Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2017-09-06 23:56:22 +01:00
Michael Brown 3f429bdcfe [efi] Check buffer length for packets retrieved via our SNP protocol
We do not currently check the length of the caller's buffer for
received packets.  This creates a potential buffer overrun when iPXE
is being used via the SNP or UNDI protocols.

Fix by checking the buffer length and correctly returning the required
length and an EFI_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL error.

Reported-by: Paul McMillan <paul.mcmillan@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2017-09-06 23:28:21 +01:00
Michael Brown 9faf069126 [dns] Report current DNS query as job progress status message
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2017-09-06 11:46:13 +01:00
Michael Brown 53f273af90 [resolv] Use pass-through interfaces for name resolution multiplexer
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2017-09-06 11:43:22 +01:00
Michael Brown 8047baf7c6 [netdevice] Add "hwaddr" setting
Expose the underlying hardware address as a setting.  For IPoIB
devices, this provides scripts with access to the Infiniband GUID.

Requested-by: Allen, Benjamin S. <bsallen@alcf.anl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2017-09-06 10:52:30 +01:00
Michael Brown 7e673a6b67 [peerdist] Gather and report peer statistics during download
Record and report the number of peers (calculated as the maximum
number of peers discovered for a block's segment at the time that the
block download is complete), and the percentage of blocks retrieved
from peers rather than from the origin server.

Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2017-09-05 23:23:22 +01:00
Michael Brown 4674df25ef [monojob] Display job status message, if present
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2017-09-05 23:23:22 +01:00
Michael Brown a258b0897b [downloader] Allow underlying downloads to provide detailed job progress
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2017-09-05 23:23:22 +01:00
Michael Brown e30cc5e9e5 [job] Allow jobs to report an arbitrary status message
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2017-09-05 23:23:22 +01:00
Michael Brown 7e6b367b7e [monojob] Check for job progress only once per timer tick
Checking for job progress is essentially a user interface activity,
and can safely be performed only once per timer tick (as is already
done with checking for keypresses).

Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2017-09-05 23:23:22 +01:00
Michael Brown 97f0f56a34 [netdevice] Cancel all pending transmissions on any transmit error
Some external code (such as the UEFI UNDI driver for the Realtek USB
NIC on a Microsoft Surface Book) will block during transmission
attempts and can take several seconds to report a transmit error.  If
there is a large queue of pending transmissions, then the accumulated
time from a series of such failures can easily exceed the EFI watchdog
timeout, resulting in what appears to be a system lockup followed by a
reboot.

Work around this problem by immediately cancelling any pending
transmissions as soon as any transmit error occurs.

The only expected transmit error under normal operation is ENOBUFS
arising when the hardware transmit queue is full.  By definition, this
can happen only for drivers that do not utilise deferred
transmissions, and so this new behaviour will not affect these
drivers.

Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2017-09-05 12:30:04 +01:00
Michael Brown 3ae70be5ba [efi] Raise TPL when calling UNDI entry point
The SnpDxe driver raises the task priority level to TPL_CALLBACK when
calling the UNDI entry point.  This does not appear to be a documented
requirement, but we should probably match the behaviour of SnpDxe to
minimise surprises to third party code.

Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2017-09-05 10:48:41 +01:00
Michael Brown 306465bef3 [linux] Impose receive quota on tap driver
The tap driver can retrieve a potentially unlimited number of packets
in a single poll.  This can lead to heap exhaustion under heavy load.

Fix by imposing an artificial receive quota (as already used in other
drivers without natural receive limits).

Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2017-09-04 18:00:34 +01:00
Michael Brown 42eedb04c1 [malloc] Avoid false positive warnings from valgrind
Calling discard_cache() is likely to result in a call to
free_memblock(), which will call valgrind_make_blocks_noaccess()
before returning.  This causes valgrind to report an invalid read on
the next iteration through the loop in alloc_memblock().

Fix by explicitly calling valgrind_make_blocks_defined() after
discard_cache() returns.  Also call valgrind_make_blocks_noaccess()
before calling discard_cache(), to guard against free list corruption
while executing cache discarders.

Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2017-09-04 14:09:17 +01:00
Michael Brown 75acb3c775 [romprefix] Avoid unaligned accesses within ROM headers
Ensure that all headers (PCI, UNDI, PnP, iPXE) are aligned to at least
four bytes, so that all accesses to header fields will be correctly
aligned even when reading directly from the expansion ROM BAR.

Reported-by: Peter von Konigsmark <peter@exablaze.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2017-08-30 10:15:25 +01:00
Richard Moore 8b104d881a [intel] Add various PCI device IDs
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2017-08-22 10:39:00 +01:00
Michael Brown 7054468d56 [shell] Enable "shell" command even when BANNER_TIMEOUT is zero
Setting BANNER_TIMEOUT to zero removes the only symbol reference to
shell.o, causing the "shell" command to become unavailable.

Add SHELL_CMD in config/general.h (enabled by default) which will
explicitly drag in shell.o regardless of the value of BANNER_TIMEOUT.

Reported-by: Julian Brost <julian@0x4a42.net>
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2017-08-01 20:25:28 +01:00
Michael Brown 936657832f [hyperv] Do not steal ownership from the Gen 2 UEFI firmware
We must not steal ownership from the Gen 2 UEFI firmware, since doing
so will cause an immediate system crash (most likely in the form of a
reboot).

This problem was masked before commit a0f6e75 ("[hyperv] Do not fail
if guest OS ID MSR is already set"), since prior to that commit we
would always fail if we found any non-zero guest OS identity.  We now
accept a non-zero previous guest OS identity in order to allow for
situations such as chainloading from iPXE to another iPXE, and as a
prerequisite for commit b91cc98 ("[hyperv] Cope with Windows Server
2016 enlightenments").

A proper fix would be to reverse engineer the UEFI protocols exposed
within the Hyper-V Gen 2 firmware and use these to bind to the VMBus
device representing the network connection, (with the native Hyper-V
driver moved to become a BIOS-only feature).

As an interim solution, fail to initialise the native Hyper-V driver
if we detect the guest OS identity known to be used by the Gen 2 UEFI
firmware.  This will cause the standard all-drivers build (ipxe.efi)
to fall back to using the SNP driver.

Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2017-07-28 21:30:43 +01:00
Michael Brown 51a79731f6 [acpi] Fix spurious uninitialised-variable warning on some gcc versions
Reported-by: Christian Nilsson <nikize@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2017-07-28 20:19:31 +01:00
Laurent Gourvénec 041d362423 [acpi] Compute and check checksum for ACPI tables
Modified-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2017-07-28 17:05:33 +01:00
Michael Brown 8866c919f8 [build] Fix ARM32 EFI builds with current EDK2 headers
EDK2 commit 6440385 ("MdePkg/Include: Add enumeration size checks to
Base.h") enforced the UEFI specification mandate that enums should
always be 32 bits.  This revealed a latent bug in iPXE, which does not
build with -fno-short-enums.

Fix by adding -fno-short-enums to CFLAGS for ARM32 EFI builds.

Reported-by: Benjamin S. Allen <bsallen@alcf.anl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2017-07-28 15:46:06 +01:00
Michael Brown 1a7746603b [build] Fix use of inline assembly on GCC 4.8 ARM64 builds
The inline assembly used in include/errno.h to generate the einfo
blocks requires the ability to generate an immediate constant with no
immediate-value prefix (such as the dollar sign for x86 assembly).

We currently achieve this via the undocumented "%c0" form of operand.
This causes an "invalid operand prefix" error on GCC 4.8 for ARM64
builds.

Fix by switching to the equally undocumented "%a0" form of operand,
which appears to work correctly on all tested versions of GCC.

Reported-by: Benjamin S. Allen <bsallen@alcf.anl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2017-07-28 13:50:35 +01:00
Michael Brown b6fc8be2c4 [build] Conditionalise use of -mabi=lp64 for ARM64 builds
The -mabi option was added in GCC 4.9.  Test for the existence of this
option to allow for building with earlier versions of GCC.

Reported-by: Benjamin S. Allen <bsallen@alcf.anl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2017-07-28 12:49:40 +01:00
Michael Brown 9ccd8fe569 [efi] Enumerate PCI BARs in same order as SnpDxe
The UEFI specification has an implicit and demonstrably incorrect
requirement (in the Mem_IO() calling convention) that any UNDI network
device has at most one memory BAR and one I/O BAR.

Some UEFI platforms have been observed to report the existence of
non-existent additional I/O BARs, causing iPXE to select the wrong
BAR.  This problem does not affect the SnpDxe driver, since that
driver will always choose the lowest numbered existent BAR of each
type.

Adjust iPXE's behaviour to match that of SnpDxe, i.e. to always select
the lowest numbered BAR(s).

Debugged-by: Andreas Hammarskjöld <junior@2PintSoftware.com>
Debugged-by: Adklei <adklei@realtek.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2017-07-21 15:00:17 +01:00
Michael Brown 0600d3ae94 [lan78xx] Add driver for Microchip LAN78xx USB Ethernet NICs
Originally-implemented-by: Ravi Hegde <ravi.hegde@microchip.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2017-07-10 13:01:03 +01:00
Michael Brown 1ee7f4e036 [smsc75xx] Expose functionality shared with LAN78xx devices
The LAN78xx datapath is essentially identical to that of the SMSC75xx.
Expose the transmit, poll, and bulk IN endpoint operations to allow
for reuse by the LAN78xx driver.

Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2017-07-10 12:41:23 +01:00
Michael Brown 74f934a14e [smscusb] Allow for alternative PHY register layouts
The LAN78xx PHY interrupt source and mask registers do not match those
used by the SMSC75xx and SMSC95xx.

Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2017-07-10 12:41:23 +01:00
Michael Brown 340f03392d [smscusb] Move non-inline register access functions to smscusb.c
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2017-07-10 11:55:04 +01:00
Jason Wang 6a258d8d55 [virtio] Support VIRTIO_NET_F_IOMMU_PLATFORM
Since we don't enable IOMMU at all, we can then simply enable the
IOMMU support by claiming the support of VIRITO_F_IOMMU_PLATFORM.
This fixes booting failure when iommu_platform is set from qemu cli.

Signed-off-by: Jason Wang <jasowang@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2017-07-10 11:10:45 +01:00
Michael Brown d4df9f573f [smscusb] Add ability to read MAC address from OTP
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2017-07-07 20:34:06 +01:00
Michael Brown b1df34d7bd [smsc75xx] Use common SMSC USB device functionality
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2017-07-07 17:33:09 +01:00
Michael Brown 550e0d8353 [smsc95xx] Use common SMSC USB device functionality
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2017-07-07 17:33:09 +01:00
Michael Brown 5a7558447a [smscusb] Abstract out common SMSC USB device functionality
The smsc75xx and smsc95xx drivers include a substantial amount of
identical functionality, varying only in the base address of register
sets.  Abstract out this common functionality to allow code to be
shared between the drivers.

Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2017-07-07 16:44:28 +01:00
Jerone Young 1015a350f7 [intel] Add support for I219-V in 7th Gen Intel NUC
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2017-07-05 10:57:59 +01:00
Michael Brown 1e4a3f5bab [tls] Support RFC5746 secure renegotiation
Support renegotiation with servers supporting RFC5746.  This allows
for the use of per-directory client certificates.

Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2017-07-04 19:54:34 +01:00
Michael Brown c20da4fc5c [mucurses] Avoid potential division by zero
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2017-07-04 12:51:53 +01:00
Michael Brown 8e48d0df6b [usb] Use non-zero language ID to retrieve strings
We currently use a zero language ID to retrieve strings such as the
ECM/NCM MAC address.  This works on most hardware devices, but is
known to fail on some software emulated CDC-NCM devices.

Fix by using the first supported language ID, falling back to English
(0x0409) if any error occurs when fetching the list of supported
languages.  This matches the behaviour of the Linux kernel.

Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2017-07-03 13:38:55 +01:00
Michael Brown 1e5c5a2163 [exanic] Add driver for Exablaze ExaNIC cards
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2017-06-24 19:17:55 +01:00
Michael Brown 14e3b4b29a [crypto] Expose pem_asn1() for use with non-image data
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2017-06-20 10:14:07 +01:00
Michael Brown b506528c1e [crypto] Provide asn1_built() to construct a cursor from a builder
Our ASN.1 parsing code uses a struct asn1_cursor, while the object
construction code uses a struct asn1_builder.  These structures are
identical apart from the const modifier applied to the data pointer in
struct asn1_cursor.

Provide asn1_built() to safely typecast a struct asn1_builder to a
struct asn1_cursor, allowing constructed objects to be passed to
functions expecting a struct asn1_cursor.

Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2017-06-20 09:49:00 +01:00
Michael Brown e5bfa107ba [crypto] Expose asn1_grow()
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2017-06-20 09:49:00 +01:00
Michael Brown 5b608bbfe0 [crypto] Expose RSA_CTX_SIZE constant
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2017-06-20 09:49:00 +01:00
Michael Brown a6a5825f8d [cpuid] Allow input %ecx value to be specified
For some CPUID leaves (e.g. %eax=0x00000004), the result depends on
the input value of %ecx.  Allow this subfunction number to be
specified as a parameter to the cpuid() wrapper.

The subfunction number is exposed via the ${cpuid/...} settings
mechanism using the syntax

  ${cpuid/<subfunction>.0x40.<register>.<function>}

e.g.

  ${cpuid/0.0x40.0.0x0000000b}
  ${cpuid/1.0x40.0.0x0000000b}

to retrieve the CPU topology information.

Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2017-06-16 01:17:48 +01:00
Michael Brown c8cb867d65 [ecm] Display invalid MAC address strings in debug messages
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2017-06-14 17:40:05 +01:00
Michael Brown 7c395b0e21 [build] Use -no-pie on newer versions of gcc
Some distributions patch gcc to generate position independent
executables by default.  We currently include a workaround to check
for this and to add -fno-PIE -nopie to CFLAGS if required.

Newer patched versions of gcc require -fno-PIE -no-pie instead.  Check
for both variants.

Reported-by: Nathan Rennie-Waldock <nathan.renniewaldock@gmail.com>
Originally-fixed-by: Markos Chandras <mchandras@suse.de>
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2017-06-14 12:33:16 +01:00
Mika Tiainen 62573b99cc [intel] Add INTEL_NO_PHY_RST for I219-V
Fix booting on HP EliteBook 820 G3.

Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2017-06-14 12:22:08 +01:00
Michael Brown 63113f591f [usb] Allow for USB network devices with no interrupt endpoint
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2017-06-14 12:14:54 +01:00
Michael Brown 84e25513b1 [hdprefix] Avoid attempts to read beyond the end of the disk
When booting from a hard disk image (e.g. bin/ipxe.usb) within an
emulator such as QEMU, the disk may not exist beyond the end of the
image.  Limit all reads to the length of the image to avoid spurious
errors when loading the iPXE image.

Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2017-06-14 12:14:54 +01:00
Michael Brown 1fdf4dddbd [syslog] Handle backspace characters
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2017-06-13 11:54:41 +01:00
Michael Brown 356f6c1b64 [acpi] Expose ACPI tables via settings mechanism
Allow values to be read from ACPI tables using the syntax

  ${acpi/<signature>.<index>.0.<offset>.<length>}

where <signature> is the ACPI table signature as a 32-bit hexadecimal
number (e.g. 0x41504093 for the 'APIC' signature on the MADT), <index>
is the index into the array of tables matching this signature,
<offset> is the byte offset within the table, and <length> is the
field length in bytes.

Numeric values are returned in reverse byte order, since ACPI numeric
values are usually little-endian.

For example:

  ${acpi/0x41504943.0.0.0.0}           - entire MADT table in raw hex
  ${acpi/0x41504943.0.0.0x0a.6:string} - MADT table OEM ID
  ${acpi/0x41504943.0.0.0x24.4:uint32} - local APIC address

Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2017-05-23 18:48:06 +01:00
Michael Brown 993fd2b451 [efi] Provide access to ACPI tables
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2017-05-23 18:48:02 +01:00
Michael Brown 933e6dadc0 [acpi] Make acpi_find_rsdt() a per-platform method
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2017-05-23 18:34:39 +01:00
Michael Brown ee9897fe64 [settings] Extend numerical setting tags to 64 bits
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2017-05-22 13:54:13 +01:00
Michael Brown 2f12690455 [tls] Keep cipherstream window open until TLS negotiation is complete
When performing a SAN boot, the plainstream window size will be zero
(since this is the mechanism used internally to indicate that no data
should be fetched via the initial request).  This zero value currently
propagates to the advertised TCP window size, which prevents the TLS
negotiation from completing.

Fix by ensuring that the cipherstream window is held open until TLS
negotiation is complete, and only then falling back to passing through
the plainstream window size.

Reported-by: John Wigley <johnwigley#ipxe@acorna.co.uk>
Tested-by: John Wigley <johnwigley#ipxe@acorna.co.uk>
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2017-05-22 13:17:23 +01:00
Michael Brown de37652044 [efi] Prevent EFI code from being linked in to non-EFI builds
Ensure that efi_systab is an undefined symbol in non-EFI builds.  In
particular, this prevents users from incorrectly enabling IMAGE_EFI in
a BIOS build of iPXE.

Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2017-05-19 12:21:18 +01:00
Michael Brown 7457bfc5b2 [xen] Provide 18 4kB receive buffers to work around xen-netback bug
The Xen network backend (xen-netback) suffered from a regression
between upstream Linux kernels 3.18 and 4.2 inclusive, which would
cause packet reception to fail unless at least 18 receive buffers were
available.  This bug was fixed in kernel commit 1d5d485 ("xen-netback:
require fewer guest Rx slots when not using GSO").

Work around this bug in affected versions of xen-netback by providing
the requisite 18 receive buffers.

Reported-by: Taylor Schneider <tschneider@live.com>
Tested-by: Taylor Schneider <tschneider@live.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2017-05-19 02:56:53 +01:00
Michael Brown a19ac24971 [iscsi] Fix iBFT when no explicit initiator name setting exists
Commit 7cfdd76 ("[block] Describe all SAN devices via ACPI tables")
changed the definition of the iSCSI initiator IQN in the iBFT to
represent a common initiator IQN used for all iSCSI sessions, and
attempted to calculate this common initiator IQN by fetching the
common ${initiator-iqn} setting.

This fails when no explicit ${initiator-iqn} has been specified
(i.e. when an initiator IQN has instead been constructed from either
the hostname or system UUID), and results in an empty initiator IQN in
the iBFT.

Fix by using the initiator IQN of an arbitrary iSCSI session
present in the iBFT.

Debugged-by: Tal Aloni <tal.aloni.il@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2017-05-10 16:01:47 +01:00
Michael Brown 785389c2ba [iscsi] Always send FirstBurstLength parameter
As of kernel 4.11, the LIO target will propose a value for
FirstBurstLength if the initiator did not do so.  This is entirely
redundant in our case, since FirstBurstLength is defined by RFC 3720
to be

  "Irrelevant when: ( InitialR2T=Yes and ImmediateData=No )"

and we already enforce both InitialR2T=Yes and ImmediateData=No in our
initial proposal.  However, LIO (arguably correctly) complains when we
do not respond to its redundant proposal of an already-irrelevant
value.

Fix by always proposing the default value for FirstBurstLength.

Debugged-by: Patrick Seeburger <info@8bit.de>
Tested-by: Patrick Seeburger <info@8bit.de>
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2017-05-03 13:01:11 +01:00
Michael Brown 17887f87b7 [efi] Standardise PCI debug messages
Use the PCI bus:dev.fn address in debug messages, falling back to the
EFI handle name only if we do not yet have enough information to
determine the bus:dev.fn address.

Include the vendor and device IDs in debug messages when no suitable
driver is found, to match the diagnostics available in a BIOS
environment.

Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2017-05-01 14:01:54 +01:00
Michael Brown b91cc983da [hyperv] Cope with Windows Server 2016 enlightenments
An "enlightened" external bootloader (such as Windows Server 2016's
winload.exe) may take ownership of the Hyper-V connection before all
INT 13 operations have been completed.  When this happens, all VMBus
devices are implicitly closed and we are left with a non-functional
network connection.

Detect when our Hyper-V connection has been lost (by checking the
SynIC message page MSR).  Reclaim ownership of the Hyper-V connection
and reestablish any VMBus devices, without disrupting any existing
iPXE state (such as IPv4 settings attached to the network device).

Windows Server 2016 will not cleanly take ownership of an active
Hyper-V connection.  Experimentation shows that we can quiesce by
resetting only the SynIC message page MSR; this results in a
successful SAN boot (on a Windows 2012 R2 physical host).  Choose to
quiesce by resetting (almost) all MSRs, in the hope that this will be
more robust against corner cases such as a stray synthetic interrupt
occurring during the handover.

Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2017-04-28 16:20:47 +01:00
Michael Brown 276d618ca9 [hyperv] Remove redundant return status code from mapping functions
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2017-04-28 16:20:35 +01:00
Michael Brown a0f6e75532 [hyperv] Do not fail if guest OS ID MSR is already set
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2017-04-26 20:15:39 +01:00
Michael Brown 648657b776 [block] Provide abstraction to allow system to be quiesced
When performing a SAN boot via INT 13, there is no way for the
operating system to indicate that it has finished using the INT 13 SAN
device.  We therefore have no opportunity to clean up state before the
loaded operating system's native drivers take over.  This can cause
problems when booting Windows, which tends not to be forgiving of
unexpected system state.

Windows will typically write a flag to the SAN device as the last
action before transferring control to the native drivers.  We can use
this as a heuristic to bring the system to a quiescent state (without
performing a full shutdown); this provides us an opportunity to
temporarily clean up state that could otherwise prevent a successful
Windows boot.

Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2017-04-26 20:15:39 +01:00
Michael Brown dd976cb50d [block] Provide sandev_read() and sandev_write() as global symbols
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2017-04-26 20:15:39 +01:00
Michael Brown 2d79b20f2a [intel] Do not enable ASDE on i350 backplane NIC
On most Intel NICs, Auto-Speed Detection Enable (ASDE) can be used to
automatically detect the correct link speed by sampling the link using
the internal PHY.  This feature is automatically inhibited when not
appropriate for the physical link (e.g. when using internal SerDes
mode on the 8254x).

On the i350 datasheet ASDE is a reserved bit, but the relevant
auto-speed detection hardware appears still to be present.  However,
enabling ASDE on the i350 1000BASE-KX backplane NIC seems to cause an
immediate link failure.  It is possible that the auto-speed detection
hardware is still present, is not connected to a physical link, and is
not inhibited from being applied in this mode.

Work around this problem by adding an INTEL_NO_ASDE flag bit
(analogous to INTEL_NO_PHY_RST), and applying this for the i350
backplane NIC.

Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2017-04-16 21:37:41 +01:00
Michael Brown e6616da8b8 [intel] Show original CTRL and STATUS values in debugging output
In situations where iPXE fails to reach link-up as expected, it is
useful to know the original values of the CTRL and STATUS registers
prior to our reset attempt.

Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2017-04-14 10:09:57 +01:00
Michael Brown 84d406ccf4 [block] Allow use of a non-default EFI SAN boot filename
Some older operating systems (e.g. RHEL6) use a non-default filename
on the root disk and rely on setting an EFI variable to point to the
bootloader.  This does not work when performing a SAN boot on a
machine where the EFI variable is not present.

Fix by allowing a non-default filename to be specified via the
"sanboot --filename" option or the "san-filename" setting.  For
example:

  sanboot --filename \efi\redhat\grub.efi \
          iscsi:192.168.0.1::::iqn.2010-04.org.ipxe.demo:rhel6

or

  option ipxe.san-filename code 188 = string;
  option ipxe.san-filename "\\efi\\redhat\\grub.efi";
  option root-path "iscsi:192.168.0.1::::iqn.2010-04.org.ipxe.demo:rhel6";

Originally-implemented-by: Vishvananda Ishaya Abrams <vish.ishaya@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2017-04-12 15:58:05 +01:00
Michael Brown a82f937485 [efi] Add efi_sprintf() and efi_vsprintf()
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2017-04-12 15:01:56 +01:00
Michael Brown 6c7487d00d [efi] Fix typo in efi_acpi_table_protocol_guid
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2017-04-10 16:46:11 +01:00
Martin Habets f3788fa837 [sfc] Add driver for Solarflare SFC8XXX adapters
Signed-off-by: Martin Habets <mhabets@solarflare.com>
Modified-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2017-04-10 16:17:08 +01:00
Michael Brown ffb5fe4ced [libc] Add stdbool.h standard header
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2017-04-10 16:12:53 +01:00
Adamczyk, Konrad fd6d1f4660 [thunderx] Use ThunderxConfigProtocol to obtain board configuration
Following changes were introduced:
 - added GetBgxProp and GetLmacProp methods to ThunderxConfigProtocol
 - replaced direct BOARD_CFG access with usage of introduced methods
 - removed redundant BOARD_CFG
 - changed GUID of ThunderxConfigProtocol, as this is not compatible
   with previous version
 - changed UINTN* to UINT64* buffer type to fix issue on 32-bit
   platforms with MAC address

This change allows us to avoid alignment of BOARD_CFG definitions
every time it changes in UEFI.

Signed-off-by: Konrad Adamczyk <konrad.adamczyk@cavium.com>
Modified-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2017-03-31 09:08:13 +03:00
Michael Brown a66ac07165 [scsi] Retry TEST UNIT READY command
The TEST UNIT READY command is issued automatically when the device is
opened, and is not the result of a command being issued by the caller.
This is required in order that a permanent TEST UNIT READY failure can
be used to identify unusable paths in a multipath SAN device.

Since the TEST UNIT READY command is not part of the caller's command
issuing process, it is not covered by any external retry loops (such
as the main retry loop in sandev_command()).

We must therefore be prepared to retry the TEST UNIT READY command
within the SCSI layer itself.  We retry only the TEST UNIT READY
command so as not to multiply the number of potential retries for
normal commands (which are already retried by sandev_command()).

Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2017-03-29 12:42:36 +03:00
Michael Brown 2c056f02d0 [linux] Fix building with kernel 4.11 headers
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2017-03-29 10:58:17 +03:00
Michael Brown 5f85cbb9ee [build] Avoid implicit-fallthrough warnings on GCC 7
Reported-by: Vinson Lee <vlee@freedesktop.org>
Reported-by: Liang Yan <lyan@suse.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2017-03-29 10:36:45 +03:00
Michael Brown 28e26dd250 [mucurses] Fix erroneous __nonnull attribute
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2017-03-29 10:35:05 +03:00
Michael Brown c8cae7cc17 [http] Notify data transfer interface when underlying connection is ready
HTTP implements xfer_window_changed() on the underlying server
connection using http_step(), which does not propagate the window
change notification to the data transfer interface.  This breaks the
multipath-capable SAN boot code, which relies on the window change
notification to discover that the HTTP block device is ready for
commands to be issued.

Fix by sending xfer_window_changed() in http_step() once the
underlying connection has been determined to be ready.

Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2017-03-28 23:40:52 +03:00
Michael Brown 2ace5196e5 [iscsi] Do not install iBFT when no iSCSI targets exist
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2017-03-28 20:45:23 +03:00
Michael Brown 7cfdd769aa [block] Describe all SAN devices via ACPI tables
Describe all SAN devices via ACPI tables such as the iBFT.  For tables
that can describe only a single device (i.e. the aBFT and sBFT), one
table is installed per device.  For multi-device tables (i.e. the
iBFT), all devices are described in a single table.

An underlying SAN device connection may be closed at the time that we
need to construct an ACPI table.  We therefore introduce the concept
of an "ACPI descriptor" which enables the SAN boot code to maintain an
opaque pointer to the underlying object, and an "ACPI model" which can
build tables from a list of such descriptors.  This separates the
lifecycles of ACPI descriptions from the lifecycles of the block
device interfaces, and allows for construction of the ACPI tables even
if the block device interface has been closed.

For a multipath SAN device, iPXE will wait until sufficient
information is available to describe all devices but will not wait for
all paths to connect successfully.  For example: with a multipath
iSCSI boot iPXE will wait until at least one path has become available
and name resolution has completed on all other paths.  We do this
since the iBFT has to include IP addresses rather than DNS names.  We
will commence booting without waiting for the inactive paths to either
become available or close; this avoids unnecessary boot delays.

Note that the Linux kernel will refuse to accept an iBFT with more
than two NIC or target structures.  We therefore describe only the
NICs that are actually required in order to reach the described
targets.  Any iBFT with at most two targets is therefore guaranteed to
describe at most two NICs.

Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2017-03-28 19:12:48 +03:00
Michael Brown 414b4fc9c5 [block] Ignore redundant xfer_window_changed() messages
For some block device protocols, the active path may continue to
receive xfer_window_changed() notifications during normal use.  These
currently result in the active path being erroneously closed.

Fix by ignoring any xfer_window_changed() messages if this path is
already the active path.

Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2017-03-28 19:02:38 +03:00
Michael Brown fa879f9f52 [linux] Use dummy SAN device
Allow for easier testing of SAN code by using the dummy SAN device by
default.

Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2017-03-28 17:34:41 +03:00
Michael Brown 539088a27b [block] Gracefully close SAN device if registration fails
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2017-03-27 16:57:40 +03:00
Michael Brown ee35b03583 [block] Retry reopening indefinitely for multipath devices
For multipath SAN devices, verify that the device is capable of being
opened (i.e. that all URIs are parseable and that at least one path is
alive) and thereafter retry indefinitely to reopen the device as
needed.

Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2017-03-27 15:41:22 +03:00
Michael Brown 164378fee6 [block] Add a small delay between attempts to reopen SAN targets
When all SAN targets are completely unreachable, there will be a
natural delay between reopening attempts due to the network connection
timeout on the unreachable targets.

However, some SAN targets may accept connections instantly and report
a temporary unavailability by e.g. failing the TEST UNIT READY
command.  If all targets are behaving this way then there will be no
natural delay, and we will attempt to saturate the network with
connection attempts.

Fix by introducing a small delay between attempts.

Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2017-03-27 15:41:22 +03:00
Michael Brown 6b385c9da3 [block] Allow SAN retry count to be reconfigured
Allow the SAN retry count to be configured via the ${san-retry}
setting, defaulting to the current value of 10 retries if not
specified.

Note that setting a retry count of zero is inadvisable, since iSCSI
targets in particular will often report spurious errors such as "power
on occurred" for the first few commands.

Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2017-03-27 15:41:22 +03:00
Michael Brown 6bd0060f26 [time] Add sleep_fixed() function to sleep without checking for Ctrl-C
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2017-03-27 15:41:22 +03:00
Michael Brown c73af29fe2 [int13con] Avoid overwriting random portions of SAN boot disks
The INT13 console type (CONSOLE_INT13) autodetects at initialisation
time a magic partition to be used for logging iPXE console output.  If
the INT13 drive number mapping is subsequently changed (e.g. because
iPXE was used to perform a SAN boot), then the console logging output
will be written to the incorrect disk.

Fix by recording the INT13 vector at initialisation time, and using
this original vector to emulate INT13 calls for all subsequent
accesses.  This should be robust against drive remapping performed
either by ourselves or by another bootloader (e.g. a chainloaded
undionly.kpxe which then performs a SAN boot).

Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2017-03-27 10:50:59 +03:00
Michael Brown ebceb8ad8a [int13] Improve geometry guessing for unaligned partitions
Some partition tables have partitions that are not aligned to a
cylinder boundary, which confuses the current geometry guessing logic.

Enhance the existing logic to ensure that we never reduce our guesses
for the number of heads or sectors per track, and add extra logic to
calculate the exact number of sectors per track if we find a partition
that starts within cylinder zero.

Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2017-03-26 21:03:50 +03:00
Michael Brown bb5a54b79a [block] Add basic multipath support
Add basic support for multipath block devices.  The "sanboot" and
"sanhook" commands now accept a list of SAN URIs.  We open all URIs
concurrently.  The first connection to become available for issuing
block device commands is marked as the active path and used for all
subsequent commands; all other connections are then closed.  Whenever
the active path fails, we reopen all URIs and repeat the process.

Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2017-03-26 16:06:02 +03:00
Michael Brown c212597336 [block] Add dummy SAN device
Add a dummy SAN device which allows the "sanhook" command to be tested
even when no SAN booting capability is present on the platform.  This
allows substantial portions of the SAN boot code to be run in Linux
under Valgrind.

Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2017-03-26 16:03:29 +03:00
Michael Brown 6bc4a8ac91 [scsi] Avoid duplicate call to scsicmd_close() on TEST UNIT READY failure
When the TEST UNIT READY command receives an error response, the
shutdown of the command's block data interface will result in
scsidev_ready() closing the SCSI device.  This will subsequently
result in a duplicate call to scsicmd_close(), leading to an assertion
failure when list_del() is called for the second time.

Fix by removing the command from the list of outstanding commands
before shutting down the command's interfaces.

Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2017-03-26 11:29:18 +03:00
Michael Brown c13bf52509 [vxge] Fix use of stale I/O buffer on error path
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2017-03-23 21:10:25 +02:00
Michael Brown b340971852 [iobuf] Increase minimum I/O buffer size to 128 bytes
The eIPoIB translation layer needs to translate outbound ARP packets
from Ethernet to IPoIB.  A 64-byte buffer (starting with the Ethernet
header) does not provide enough tailroom to expand to hold the two
20-byte IPoIB MAC addresses.  The result is that an UNDI API user will
be unable to send ARP packets.

We could potentially shuffle the packet contents to reuse the space
occupied by the stripped Ethernet link-layer header, but this would
add complexity.  Instead, fix by increasing the minimum allocation
size to 128 bytes.

Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2017-03-23 18:29:46 +02:00
Mike McCormack a317e9a310 [sky2] Use 32-bit read to read Y2_VAUX_AVAIL
B0_CTST is a 24bit register according to the vendor driver (sk98lin).
A 16bit read on B0_CTST will always return 0 for Y2_VAUX_AVAIL
(1<<16), so use a 32bit read when testing Y2_VAUX_AVAIL.

[This patch is copied directly from the Linux kernel tree.]

Signed-off-by: Mike McCormack <mikem@ring3k.org>
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2017-03-23 17:54:03 +02:00
Michael Brown 19d3e966d9 [pcnet32] Eliminate redundant register read
The value of ( ( x & 0x0c00 ) | 0x0c00 ) is always 0x0c00 regardless
of the value of x, and so the read_csr() is redundant.  (There are no
read side effects for this register, according to the datasheet.)

This line of code originated in Linux kernel 2.3.19pre1 as

  a->write_csr(ioaddr, 80, a->read_csr(ioaddr, 80) | 0x0c00);

and was modified in kernel 2.3.41pre4 to read

  a->write_csr(ioaddr, 80, (a->read_csr(ioaddr, 80) & 0x0C00) | 0x0c00);

In the absence of commit messages, the intention of the code is
unclear.  However, the logic resulting in a fixed value of 0x0c00 has
remained unaltered for over 17 years, and can probably be assumed to
have the correct overall result.

Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2017-03-23 17:43:13 +02:00
Raed Salem 1ff1eebcf7 [golan] Bug fixes and improved paging allocation method
Updates:
- revert Support for clear interrupt via BAR

Signed-off-by: Raed Salem <raeds@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2017-03-23 16:03:40 +02:00
Michael Brown ce240c8c2d [rtl818x] Fix resource leak on error path
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2017-03-23 11:40:36 +02:00
Michael Brown c90b4d82b7 [malloc] Track maximum heap usage
Track the current and maximum heap usage, and display the maximum
during shutdown when DEBUG=malloc is enabled.

Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2017-03-22 20:01:25 +02:00
Michael Brown f032556b15 [mucurses] Ensure SLK labels are always terminated
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2017-03-22 16:35:29 +02:00
Michael Brown 3870a7bde2 [sis190] Avoid NULL pointer dereference
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2017-03-22 16:12:56 +02:00
Michael Brown 99e1207a4d [w89c840] Avoid potential array overrun
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2017-03-22 15:59:27 +02:00
Michael Brown ad725fa7d9 [tlan] Guard against failure to identify chip
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2017-03-22 15:28:58 +02:00
Michael Brown dea5b74475 [hermon] Assert that mapping length is non-zero
An (impossible) mapping length of zero produces a negative bit shift,
which is technically undefined.

Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2017-03-22 15:20:14 +02:00
Michael Brown 0ced99e97c [arbel] Assert that mapping length is non-zero
An (impossible) mapping length of zero produces a negative bit shift,
which is technically undefined.

Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2017-03-22 15:18:54 +02:00
Michael Brown 7495813792 [video_subr] Use memmove() for overlapping memory copy
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2017-03-22 15:13:06 +02:00
Michael Brown 75bb948008 [tcp] Use correct length for memset()
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2017-03-22 15:11:05 +02:00
Michael Brown 01496a5028 [xen] Use standard calling pattern for asprintf()
Our asprintf() implementation guarantees that strp will be NULL on
allocation failure, but this is not standard behaviour.  Detect errors
by checking for a negative return value instead of a NULL pointer.

Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2017-03-22 14:41:01 +02:00
Michael Brown 21d8624da8 [usb] Use correct length for memcpy()
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2017-03-22 14:14:57 +02:00
Michael Brown 966a960a83 [pixbuf] Avoid potential division by zero
Avoid potential division by zero when performing the check against
multiplication overflow.  (Note that if the width is zero then there
can be no overflow anyway, so it is then safe to bypass the check.)

Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2017-03-22 14:11:19 +02:00
Michael Brown 45f2265bfc [ath] Add missing break statements
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2017-03-22 11:52:09 +02:00
Michael Brown e846bd22c3 [block] Quell spurious Coverity size mismatch warning
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2017-03-22 11:45:28 +02:00
Michael Brown c26c1fd07c [infiniband] Return status code from ib_create_mi()
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2017-03-22 11:18:23 +02:00
Michael Brown 39ef530088 [infiniband] Return status code from ib_create_cq() and ib_create_qp()
Any underlying errors arising during ib_create_cq() or ib_create_qp()
are lost since the functions simply return NULL on error.  This makes
debugging harder, since a debug-enabled build is required to discover
the root cause of the error.

Fix by returning a status code from these functions, thereby allowing
any underlying errors to be propagated.

Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2017-03-22 11:18:02 +02:00
Michael Brown e88e2a2965 [build] Avoid confusing sparse in single-argument DBG() macros
For visual consistency with surrounding lines, the definitions of
DBG_MORE(), DBG_PAUSE(), etc include an unnecessary ##__VA_ARGS__
argument which is always elided.  This confuses sparse, which
complains about DBG_MORE_IF() being called with more than one
argument.

Work around this problem by adding an unused variable argument list to
the single-argument macros DBG_MORE_IF() and DBG_PAUSE_IF().

Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2017-03-22 08:25:04 +02:00
Michael Brown 6124c0ebfa [xhci] Avoid accessing beyond end of endpoint context array
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2017-03-21 16:22:42 +02:00
Michael Brown 501fa53b25 [mucurses] Attempt to fix use of uninitialised buffer with strcat()
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2017-03-21 15:30:05 +02:00
Michael Brown f17cf0ecd0 [http] Add missing check for memory allocation failure
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2017-03-21 15:20:59 +02:00
Michael Brown 1ec2a60614 [eoib] Avoid passing a NULL I/O buffer to netdev_tx_complete_err()
Report errors in eoib_duplicate() via netdev_tx_err() rather than
netdev_tx_complete_err(), since netdev_tx_complete_err() accepts only
valid I/O buffers that are currently in the network device's transmit
queue.

Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2017-03-21 15:07:10 +02:00
Michael Brown 64de7dc7fd [slam] Avoid NULL pointer dereference in slam_pull_value()
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2017-03-21 14:57:36 +02:00
Michael Brown 60561d0f3d [slam] Fix resource leak on error path
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2017-03-21 14:53:13 +02:00
Michael Brown 8963193cda [hyperv] Fix resource leaks on error path
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2017-03-21 14:51:03 +02:00
Michael Brown 2ae759219b [mucurses] Attempt to fix resource leaks
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2017-03-21 14:46:19 +02:00
Michael Brown 583d258b89 [mucurses] Attempt to fix keypress processing logic
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2017-03-21 14:42:02 +02:00
Michael Brown d29e2d551c [mucurses] Attempt to fix test for empty string
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2017-03-21 14:37:53 +02:00
Michael Brown 7b113bc744 [usb] Use correct length for memcpy()
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2017-03-21 14:21:54 +02:00
Michael Brown d25e7daf47 [librm] Fail gracefully if asked to ioremap() a zero length
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2017-03-21 14:17:18 +02:00
Michael Brown 36cffe054d [crypto] Free correct pointer on the error path
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2017-03-21 14:07:40 +02:00
Michael Brown 9b581158b5 [802.11] Remove redundant NULL pointer check after dereference
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2017-03-21 14:01:08 +02:00
Michael Brown eb6acabc8f [sis900] Remove extraneous memset() with incorrect length
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2017-03-21 13:55:04 +02:00
Michael Brown ae915aa5cc [qib7322] Use correct length for memset()
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2017-03-21 13:51:56 +02:00
Michael Brown 6ee15cbac3 [linda] Use correct length for memset()
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2017-03-21 13:50:51 +02:00
Michael Brown e500e5dd07 [nfs] Fix double free bug on error path
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2017-03-21 13:46:26 +02:00
Michael Brown 91372d6dab [xfer] Ensure va_end() is called on failure path
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2017-03-21 13:38:39 +02:00
Michael Brown a5affc832e [arbel] Avoid potential integer overflow when calculating memory mappings
When the area to be mapped straddles the 2GB boundary, the expression
(high+size) will overflow on the first loop iteration.  Fix by using
(end-size), which cannot underflow.

Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2017-03-21 12:01:55 +02:00
Michael Brown 6ee62eb242 [hermon] Avoid potential integer overflow when calculating memory mappings
When the area to be mapped straddles the 2GB boundary, the expression
(high+size) will overflow on the first loop iteration.  Fix by using
(end-size), which cannot underflow.

Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2017-03-21 12:01:51 +02:00
Michael Brown de2c6fa240 [dhcp] Allow vendor class to be changed in DHCP requests
Allow the DHCPv4 vendor class to be specified via the "vendor-class"
setting.

Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2017-03-20 13:58:59 +02:00
Michael Brown 7692a8ff02 [undi] Move PXE API caller back into UNDI driver
As of commit 10d19bd ("[pxe] Always retrieve cached DHCPACK and apply
to relevant network device"), the UNDI driver has been the only user
of pxeparent_call().  Remove the unnecessary layer of abstraction by
refactoring this code back into undinet.c, and fix the ability of
undiisr.S to fall back to chaining to the original handler if we were
unable to unhook our own ISR.

This effectively reverts commit 337e1ed ("[pxe] Separate parent PXE
API caller from UNDINET driver").

Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2017-03-19 15:57:24 +00:00
Michael Brown 6324227dca [efi] Skip cable detection at initialisation where possible
We currently request cable detection in PXE_OPCODE_INITIALIZE to work
around buggy Emulex drivers (see commit c0b61ba ("[efi] Work around
bugs in Emulex NII driver")).

This causes problems with some other NII drivers (e.g. Mellanox),
which may time out if the underlying link is intrinsically slow to
come up.

Attempt to work around both problems simultaneously by requesting
cable detection only if the underlying NII driver does not support
link status reporting via PXE_OPCODE_GET_STATUS.  (This is based on a
potentially incorrect assumption that the buggy Emulex drivers do not
claim to report link status via PXE_OPCODE_GET_STATUS.)

Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2017-03-19 13:30:27 +00:00
Michael Brown fdcdc5203b [efi] Provide ACPI table description for SAN devices
Provide a basic proof of concept ACPI table description (e.g. iBFT for
iSCSI) for SAN devices in a UEFI environment, using a control flow
that is functionally identical to that used in a BIOS environment.

Originally-implemented-by: Vishvananda Ishaya Abrams <vish.ishaya@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2017-03-13 12:18:46 +00:00
Michael Brown 553f485734 [efi] Add EFI_ACPI_TABLE_PROTOCOL header and GUID definition
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2017-03-10 21:58:05 +00:00
Michael Brown 0463ec32c7 [efi] Update to current EDK2 headers
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2017-03-10 21:18:03 +00:00
Michael Brown afdebdc163 [build] Provide common ARRAY_SIZE() definition
Several files define the ARRAY_SIZE() macro as used in Linux.  Provide
a common definition for this in include/compiler.h.

Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2017-03-10 15:44:11 +00:00
Vishvananda Ishaya Abrams 4524cc11bf [iscsi] Don't close when receiving NOP-In
Some iSCSI targets send NOP-In.  Rather than closing the connection
when we receive one, it is more user friendly to log a debug message
and keep the connection open.  Eventually, it would be nice if iPXE
supported replying to NOP-Ins, but we might as well keep the
connection open until the target disconnects us.

Modified-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2017-03-09 14:23:22 +00:00
Vishvananda Ishaya 1d04900262 [intel] Reset all virtual function settings
Some VF data is not cleared with reset, so make sure to return all the
settings to default before configuring the VF.

This fixes an issue where network packets would fail to be received if
the VF was previously used by the linux ixgbevf driver.

Modified-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2017-03-09 13:56:22 +00:00
Michael Brown 9db9221ea0 [scsi] Avoid duplicate calls to scsicmd_close()
When a SCSI device is closed in error, the shutdown of the device's
block data interface will probably lead to any outstanding commands
being closed (by whichever object is currently connected to the block
data interface).  However, commands remain in the list of outstanding
commands until the final reference is dropped.  The result is that
scsidev_close() will make a second call to scsicmd_close() for each
command.  This is harmless, but produces confusing debug messages.

Fix by treating the outstanding command list as holding an explicit
reference to each command, and removing the command from the list of
outstanding commands in scsicmd_close().

Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2017-03-09 13:07:57 +00:00
Michael Brown 9423a85f71 [block] Use intfs_shutdown() when shutting down multiple interfaces
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2017-03-09 12:16:56 +00:00
Michael Brown 7ff3fc7c72 [scsi] Use intfs_shutdown() when shutting down multiple interfaces
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2017-03-09 12:16:35 +00:00
Michael Brown a29bdb3a92 [iscsi] Use intfs_shutdown() when shutting down multiple interfaces
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2017-03-09 12:16:15 +00:00
Michael Brown d9886f1961 [block] Retry any SAN device operation
The SCSI layer currently implements a retry loop in order to retry
commands that fail due to spurious "error" conditions such as "power
on occurred".  Move this retry loop to the generic SAN device layer:
this allow for retries due to other transient error conditions such as
an iSCSI target having dropped the connection due to inactivity.

Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2017-03-07 16:11:22 +00:00
Michael Brown 23d388418e [efi] Refactor to use centralised SAN device abstraction
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2017-03-07 13:40:35 +00:00
Michael Brown e790366c7c [int13] Refactor to use centralised SAN device abstraction
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2017-03-07 13:40:35 +00:00
Michael Brown e7ee2eda4b [block] Centralise "san-drive" setting
The concept of the SAN drive number is meaningful only in a BIOS
environment, where it represents the INT13 drive number (0x80 for the
first hard disk).  We retain this concept in a UEFI environment to
allow for a simple way for iPXE commands to refer to SAN drives.

Centralise the concept of the default drive number, since it is shared
between all supported environments.

Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2017-03-07 13:40:35 +00:00
Michael Brown 4adc7b0290 [block] Centralise SAN device abstraction
Create a central SAN device abstraction to be shared between BIOS and
UEFI.

Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2017-03-07 13:40:35 +00:00
Michael Brown 530ec83011 [block] Remove spurious comments
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2017-03-07 13:40:35 +00:00
Michael Brown 0e0e0321a5 [efi] Add missing SANBOOT_PROTO_HTTP to EFI default configuration
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2017-03-07 13:39:55 +00:00
Konrad Adamczyk 30f96c9f41 [thunderx] Don't disable NIC when exiting from iPXE
According to ThunderX Errata G-17560, NIC_PF_CFG[ENA] bit should not
be cleared at exit.  This allows other drivers to access the NIC regs
correctly.

Signed-off-by: Konrad Adamczyk <konrad.adamczyk@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2017-02-07 12:05:00 +00:00
Bartosz Szczepanek ed864feb3a [thunderx] Fix hardware deinitialization
It is required to reset BGX context state for the LMAC using
BGX_CMR_CONFIG register.

This solves problem with network connectivity in Linux booted from
iPXE.

Signed-off-by: Bartosz Szczepanek <bartosz.szczepanek@cavium.com>
Modified-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2017-02-07 11:54:57 +00:00
Michael Brown 4a4da573dd [http] Cleanly shut down potentially looped interfaces
Use intfs_shutdown() and intfs_restart() to cleanly shut down multiple
interfaces that may loop back to the same object.

This fixes a regression introduced by commit daa8ed9 ("[interface]
Provide intf_reinit() to reinitialise nullified interfaces") which
broke the use of HTTP Basic and Digest authentication.

Reported-by: murmansk <murmansk@hotmail.com>
Reported-by: Brett Waldo <brettwaldo@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2017-02-02 16:58:00 +00:00
Michael Brown 23b788e5cd [interface] Provide the ability to shut down multiple interfaces
Shutting down (and optionally restarting) multiple interfaces is
fraught with problems if there are loops in the interface connectivity
(e.g. the HTTP content-decoded and transfer-decoded interfaces, which
will generally loop back to each other).  Various workarounds
currently exist across the codebase, generally involving preceding
calls to intf_nullify() to avoid problems due to known loops.

Provide intfs_shutdown() and intfs_restart() to allow all of an
object's interfaces to be shut down (or restarted) in a single call,
without having to worry about potential external loops.

Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2017-02-02 15:49:21 +00:00
Michael Brown a8f80a75d2 [time] Report attempts to use timers before initialisation
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2017-02-01 15:30:41 +00:00
Michael Brown 41f786cc0a [settings] Add "unixtime" builtin setting to expose the current time
Expose the current wall-clock time (in seconds since the Epoch), since
this is often useful in captured boot logs and can also be useful when
checking unexpected X.509 certificate validation failures.

Use a :uint32 setting to avoid Y2K38 rollover, thereby ensuring that
this will eventually be somebody else's problem.

Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2017-01-26 12:26:54 +00:00
Christian Nilsson 0bfe9f5342 [intel] Add INTEL_NO_PHY_RST for I219-LM (2)
Originally-implemented-by: Malte zu Klampen <malte@pclab.ifg.uni-kiel.de>
Originally-implemented-by: Richard Moore <rich@richud.com>
Tested-by: Esben Storgaard Nielsen <esn@solar.dk>
Signed-off-by: Christian Nilsson <nikize@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2017-01-26 12:26:54 +00:00
Michael Brown f8cf3ceb0b [int13] Test correct return status from INT 13 calls
INT 13 calls return a status value via %ah, with CF set if %ah is
non-zero (indicating an error).  Our wrappers zero the whole of %ax if
CF is clear, to allow C code (which has no easy access to CF) to
simply test for a non-zero status to detect an error.

The current code assigns the returned status to a uint8_t, effectively
testing %al rather than %ah.  Fix by treating the returned status as a
uint16_t instead.

Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2017-01-26 09:45:19 +00:00
Michael Brown fcf7751565 [int13] Avoid potential division by zero
Avoid using a zero sector count to guess the disk geometry, since that
would result in a division by zero when calculating the number of
cylinders.

Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2017-01-26 09:31:40 +00:00
Michael Brown f3ba0fb5fd [hyperv] Provide timer based on the 10MHz time reference count MSR
When running on AMD platforms, the legacy hardware emulation is
extremely unreliable.  In particular, the IRQ0 timer interrupt is
likely to simply stop working, resulting in a total failure of any
code that relies on timers (such as DHCP retransmission attempts).

Work around this by using the 10MHz time counter provided by Hyper-V
via an MSR.  (This timer can be tested in KVM via the command-line
option "-cpu host,hv_time".)

Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2017-01-26 08:19:26 +00:00
Michael Brown 302f1eeb80 [time] Allow timer to be selected at runtime
Allow the active timer (providing udelay() and currticks()) to be
selected at runtime based on probing during the INIT_EARLY stage of
initialisation.

TICKS_PER_SEC is now a fixed compile-time constant for all builds, and
is independent of the underlying clock tick rate.  We choose the value
1024 to allow multiplications and divisions on seconds to be converted
to bit shifts.

TICKS_PER_MS is defined as 1, allowing multiplications and divisions
on milliseconds to be omitted entirely.  The 2% inaccuracy in this
definition is negligible when using the standard BIOS timer (running
at around 18.2Hz).

TIMER_RDTSC now checks for a constant TSC before claiming to be a
usable timer.  (This timer can be tested in KVM via the command-line
option "-cpu host,+invtsc".)

Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2017-01-26 08:17:37 +00:00
Michael Brown d37e025b81 [cpuid] Provide cpuid_supported() to test for supported functions
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2017-01-25 20:57:18 +00:00
Michael Brown 70fc25ad6e [netdevice] Limit MTU by hardware maximum frame length
Separate out the concept of "hardware maximum supported frame length"
and "configured link MTU", and limit the latter according to the
former.

In networks where the DHCP-supplied link MTU is inconsistent with the
hardware or driver capabilities (e.g. a network using jumbo frames),
this will result in iPXE advertising a TCP MSS consistent with a size
that can actually be received.

Note that the term "MTU" is typically used to refer to the maximum
length excluding the link-layer headers; we adopt this usage.

Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2017-01-25 14:55:09 +00:00
Michael Brown f450c75dad [interface] Unplug interface before calling intf_close() in intf_shutdown()
The call to intf_close() may result in the original interface being
reopened.  For example: when reading the capacity of a 2TB+ disk via
iSCSI, the SCSI layer will respond to the intf_close() from the READ
CAPACITY (10) command by immediately issuing a READ CAPACITY (16)
command.  The iSCSI layer happens to reuse the same interface for the
new command (since it allows only a single concurrent command).

Currently, intf_shutdown() unplugs the interface after the call to
intf_close() returns.  In the above scenario, this results in
unplugging the just-reopened interface.

Fix by transferring the interface destination (and its reference) to a
temporary interface, and so effectively performing the unplug before
making the call to intf_close().

Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2017-01-25 11:29:29 +00:00
Michael Brown 5ff13830ec [interface] Remove misleading comment
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2017-01-25 10:17:48 +00:00
Michael Brown 8ef4e7c572 [interface] Avoid unnecessary reference counting in intf_unplug()
The null interface does not have a reference counter, so the call to
intf_get() is always redundant.

Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2017-01-25 10:16:36 +00:00
Michael Brown 941c53a3bf [efi] Fix building elf2efi.c when -fpic is enabled by default
The x86_64 EDK2 headers include a #pragma to mark all subsequent
symbol declarations and references as hidden if position-independent
code is being generated.  Since libgen.h is currently included only
after the EDK2 headers, this results in __xpg_basename() being
erroneously marked as having hidden visibility (if the compiler
defaults to building position-independent code); this eventually
results in a failure to link the elf2efi binary.

Fix by including libgen.h prior to including the EDK2 headers.

Originally-fixed-by: Doug Goldstein <cardoe@cardoe.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2017-01-25 08:15:21 +00:00
Michael Brown bd6255c7be [pic8259] Fix definitions for "read IRR" and "read ISR" commands
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2017-01-25 07:37:04 +00:00
Michael Brown 321af68b72 [hyperv] Ignore unsolicited VMBus messages
In some high-end Azure instances (e.g. NC6) we may receive an
unsolicited VMBUS_OFFER_CHANNEL message for a PCIe pass-through device
some time after completing the bus enumeration.  This currently causes
apparently random failures due to unexpected VMBus message types.

Fix by ignoring any unsolicited VMBus messages.

Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2017-01-24 15:03:10 +00:00
Michael Brown 90fc2f273a [cloud] Show CPU vendor and model in example cloud boot scripts
Some problems arise only when running on a specific CPU type (e.g.
non-functional timer interrupts as observed in Azure AMD instances).
Include the CPU vendor and model within the sample cloud boot scripts,
to assist in debugging such problems.

Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2017-01-24 13:47:03 +00:00
Michael Brown 16aed6e5ce [netdevice] Allow MTU to be changed at runtime
Provide a settings applicator to modify netdev->max_pkt_len in
response to changes to the "mtu" setting (DHCP option 26).

Note that as with MAC address changes, drivers are permitted to
completely ignore any changes in the MTU value.  The net result will
be that iPXE effectively uses the smaller of either the hardware
default MTU or the software configured MTU.

Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2017-01-23 17:47:28 +00:00
Michael Brown 4e85b2708f [virtio] Use host-specified MTU when available
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2017-01-23 16:32:54 +00:00
Michael Brown de85336abb [cloud] Add ability to retrieve Google Compute Engine metadata
For some unspecified "security" reason, the Google Compute Engine
metadata server will refuse any requests that do not include the
non-standard HTTP header "Metadata-Flavor: Google".

Attempt to autodetect such requests (by comparing the hostname against
"metadata.google.internal"), and add the "Metadata-Flavor: Google"
header if applicable.

Enable this feature in the CONFIG=cloud build, and include a sample
embedded script allowing iPXE to boot from a script configured as
metadata via e.g.

  # Create shared boot image
  make bin/ipxe.usb CONFIG=cloud EMBED=config/cloud/gce.ipxe

  # Configure per-instance boot script
  gcloud compute instances add-metadata <instance> \
         --metadata-from-file ipxeboot=boot.ipxe

Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2017-01-23 14:43:20 +00:00
Michael Brown 0dc4814ca8 [virtio] Use separate RX and TX empty header buffers
Some host implementations (notably Google Compute Platform) are known
to unconditionally write back VIRTIO_NET_HDR_F_DATA_VALID to
header->flags for received packets, regardless of the features
negotiated by the driver.  This breaks the transmit datapath by
effectively setting an illegal flag for all subsequent transmitted
packets.

Work around this problem by using separate empty header buffers for
the receive and transmit queues.

Debugged-by: Ladi Prosek <lprosek@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2017-01-23 13:27:26 +00:00
David Decotigny b6f524388b [af_packet] Add new AF_PACKET driver for Linux
This code largely inspired by tap.c.  Allows for testing iPXE on real
NICs from within Linux.  For example:

  make bin-x86_64-linux/af_packet.linux
  valgrind ./bin-x86_64-linux/af_packet.linux --net af_packet,if=eth3

Tested as x86_64 and i386 binary.

Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2017-01-22 14:02:54 +00:00
David Decotigny 04c7befa73 [build] Return const char * from uuid_ntoa()
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2017-01-22 13:45:00 +00:00
Ladi Prosek fba3b39900 [virtio] Remove queue size limit in legacy virtio
Virtio 0.9 implementation was limited to the maximum virtqueue size of
MAX_QUEUE_NUM and the virtio-net driver would fail to initialize on hosts
exceeding this limit.

This commit lifts the restriction by allocating the queue memory based on
the actual queue size instead of using a fixed maximum. Note that virtio
1.0 still uses the MAX_QUEUE_NUM constant to cap the size (unfortunately
this functionality is not available in virtio 0.9).

Signed-off-by: Ladi Prosek <lprosek@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Michael S. Tsirkin <mst@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Hajnoczi <stefanha@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2017-01-22 13:22:19 +00:00
Ladi Prosek b782a56be7 [virtio] Simplify virtqueue shutdown
This commit introduces virtnet_free_virtqueues called on all virtqueue
error and shutdown paths. vpm_find_vqs no longer cleans up after itself
and instead expects virtnet_free_virtqueues to be always called to undo
its effect.

Signed-off-by: Ladi Prosek <lprosek@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Michael S. Tsirkin <mst@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Hajnoczi <stefanha@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2017-01-22 13:20:42 +00:00
Ladi Prosek e45451c699 [virtio] Cap queue size to MAX_QUEUE_NUM
vpm_find_vqs incorrectly accepted the host provided queue size with no
regard to iPXE's internal limitations. Virtio 1.0 makes it possible for
the driver to override the queue size to reduce memory requirements and
iPXE is a great use case for this feature.

Also removing the extra vq->vring.num assignment which is already
handled in vring_init.

Signed-off-by: Ladi Prosek <lprosek@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Michael S. Tsirkin <mst@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Hajnoczi <stefanha@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2017-01-22 13:18:28 +00:00
Michael Brown dfbbc16ae3 [build] Add %.vhd target for building VM bootable disk images
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2017-01-22 11:22:11 +00:00
Michael Brown 43b2d8eafb [ipv4] Accept unicast packets for the local network broadcast address
The ISC Kea DHCP server transmits its DHCPOFFER as a unicast packet
with a broadcast IPv4 destination address (255.255.255.255).  This
combination is currently rejected by iPXE.

Fix by explicitly accepting the local network broadcast address
(255.255.255.255) as a valid unicast destination address.

Reported-by: Roy Ledochowski <roy.ledochowski@hpe.com>
Tested-by: Roy Ledochowski <roy.ledochowski@hpe.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2017-01-22 09:12:52 +00:00
Raed Salem 26050fd4c8 [golan] Update Connect-IB, ConnectX-4 and ConnectX-4 Lx (Infiniband) support
Updates:
- Nodnic: Support for arm cq doorbell via the UAR BAR
- Ensure hardware is quiescent when no interface is open - WinPE WA
- Support for clear interrupt via BAR
- Nodnic: Support for send TX doorbells via the UAR BAR
- Added ConnectX-5EX device
- Added ConnectX-5 device

Signed-off-by: Raed Salem <raeds@mellanox.com>
Modified-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2016-12-08 09:35:52 +00:00
Michael Brown 5cf5ffea28 [efi] Work around temporal anomaly encountered during ExitBootServices()
EFI provides no clean way for device drivers to shut down in
preparation for handover to a booted operating system.  The platform
firmware simply doesn't bother to call the drivers' Stop() methods.
Instead, drivers must register an EVT_SIGNAL_EXIT_BOOT_SERVICES event
to be signalled when ExitBootServices() is called, and clean up
without any reference to the EFI driver model.

Unfortunately, all timers silently stop working when ExitBootServices()
is called.  Even more unfortunately, and for no discernible reason,
this happens before any EVT_SIGNAL_EXIT_BOOT_SERVICES events are
signalled.  The net effect of this entertaining design choice is that
any timeout loops on the shutdown path (e.g. for gracefully closing
outstanding TCP connections) may wait indefinitely.

There is no way to report failure from currticks(), since the API
lazily assumes that the host system continues to travel through time
in the usual direction.  Work around EFI's violation of this
assumption by falling back to a simple free-running monotonic counter.

Debugged-by: Maor Dickman <maord@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2016-12-07 13:46:37 +00:00
Michael Brown e09331a4c6 [undi] Try matching UNDI ROMs in BIOS enumeration order
When searching for an UNDI ROM to match against a PCI device, search
in order of increasing ROM address (within the 128kB BIOS option ROM
area).  This is likely (though not guaranteed) to match the order of
the original enumeration performed by the BIOS, which is in turn
likely to match the order of enumeration on the PCI bus.

Since we load at most one UNDI ROM, the net result is that we increase
our chances of loading the ROM corresponding to the selected PCI
device (rather than loading a ROM corresponding to a higher-numbered
PCI device with the same vendor and device IDs.)

Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2016-12-07 07:25:44 +00:00
Michael Brown 80c482c0ed [prefix] Include diagnostic information within progress messages
Include some relevant diagnostic infomation within the progress
messages generated via DEBUG=libprefix.

Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2016-12-06 09:38:33 +00:00
Michael Brown ce81601181 [prefix] Remove impossible progress message
The "progress" macro can be used only from within the .prefix section.
At the point of calling relocate(), we are running in .text16 and so
the near call to print_message() will end up calling a random function
somewhere in .text16.

Interestingly, this problem has remained unnoticed for some time.  It
is rare to build with DEBUG=libprefix.  In the few cases that it has
been used during development, the randomly selected function in
.text16 seems to have been a harmless no-op with no visible
side-effects (beyond the unnoticed failure to print the "relocate"
progress message).

Fix by removing the futile attempt to print a progress message before
calling relocate().

Reported-by: Raed Salem <raeds@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2016-12-06 07:44:10 +00:00
Michael Brown 6997d3c2fa [undi] Clean up driver and device name information
Fix the <NULL> driver name reported by "ifstat" when using the undipci
driver (due to the unnecessary extra device node inserted as a child
of the PCI device).

Remove the "UNDI-" prefix from device names since the driver name is
also now visible via "ifstat", and tidy up the device name to match
the format used by standard PCI devices.

The output from "ifstat" now resembles:

  iPXE> ifstat
  net0: 52:54:00:12:34:56 using undipci on 0000:00:03.0

  iPXE> ifstat
  net0: 52:54:00:12:34:56 using undionly on 0000:00:03.0

Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2016-12-05 15:48:37 +00:00
Michael Brown cc40fcbf8b [romprefix] Avoid using PMM-allocated memory in UNDI loader entry point
The UNDI loader entry point is very likely to be called after POST,
when there is a high chance that the PMM-allocated image source area
and decompression area have been reused by something else.

In particular, using an iPXE .iso to test a separate iPXE ROM's UNDI
loader entry point in a qemu VM is likely to crash.  SeaBIOS allocates
PMM blocks from close to the top of memory and so these blocks have a
high chance of colliding with the runtime addresses subsequently
chosen by the non-ROM iPXE by scanning the INT 15,e820 memory map.

The standard romprefix.S has no choice about relying on the
PMM-allocated image source area, since it has no other way to retrieve
its compressed payload.

In mromprefix.S, the image source area functions only as an optional
buffer used to avoid repeated reads from the (potentially slow)
expansion ROM BAR by the decompression code.  We can therefore always
set %esi=0 when calling install_prealloc from the UNDI loader entry
point, and simply fall back to reading directly from the expansion ROM
BAR.

We can always set %edi=0 when calling install_prealloc from the UNDI
loader entry point.  This will behave as though the decompression area
PMM allocation failed, and will therefore use INT 15,88 to find a
temporary decompression area somewhere close to 64MB.  This is by no
means guaranteed to be safe from collisions, but it's probably safer
on balance than the PMM-allocated address.

Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2016-12-05 15:21:45 +00:00
Michael Brown 8138ea190d [undi] Allocate base memory before calling UNDI loader entry point
Allocate base memory (by decreasing the free base memory counter)
before calling the UNDI loader entry point, to minimise surprises for
the UNDI loader code.

Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2016-12-05 08:53:44 +00:00
Michael Brown fd95c780b6 [efi] Add basic EFI SAN booting capability
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2016-11-16 23:03:37 +00:00
Michael Brown 81fceaec6e [iscsi] Avoid potential infinite loops during shutdown
The command and data interfaces may be connected to the same object.
Nullify the data interface before shutting down the control interface
to avoid potential infinite loops.

Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2016-11-16 23:03:37 +00:00
Michael Brown daa8ed9274 [interface] Provide intf_reinit() to reinitialise nullified interfaces
Provide an abstraction intf_reinit() to restore the descriptor of a
previously nullified interface.

Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2016-11-16 22:22:13 +00:00
Laszlo Ersek b991c67c1d [build] Disable TIVOLI_VMM_WORKAROUND in the qemu configuration
This prevents KVM guests from crashing that run iPXE on host CPUs
without "unrestricted_guest" support.

Once KVM gets the FXSAVE / FXRSTOR emulation feature (*), and the
feature becomes widely available to users, we can back out this change
from iPXE.

(*) Already in progress by Radim:

    [PATCH 0/2] KVM: x86: emulate fxsave and fxrstor

    https://www.mail-archive.com/linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org/msg1258895.html
    https://www.spinics.net/lists/kernel/msg2370327.html

Cc: Bandan Das <bsd@redhat.com>
Cc: Gerd Hoffmann <kraxel@redhat.com>
Cc: Greg <rollenwiese@yahoo.com>
Cc: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
Cc: Michael Prokop <launchpad@michael-prokop.at>
Cc: Paolo Bonzini <pbonzini@redhat.com>
Cc: Peter Pickford <arch@netremedies.ca>
Cc: Radim Krčmář <rkrcmar@redhat.com>
Ref: https://bugs.archlinux.org/task/50778
Ref: https://bugs.launchpad.net/qemu/+bug/1623276
Ref: https://bugzilla.proxmox.com/show_bug.cgi?id=1182
Ref: https://bugzilla.redhat.com/show_bug.cgi?id=1356762
Signed-off-by: Laszlo Ersek <lersek@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2016-11-08 17:40:01 +00:00
Laszlo Ersek dd9a14de35 [librm] Conditionalize the workaround for the Tivoli VMM's SSE garbling
Commit 71560d1 ("[librm] Preserve FPU, MMX and SSE state across calls
to virt_call()") added FXSAVE and FXRSTOR instructions to iPXE.  In
KVM virtual machines, these instructions execute fine as long as the
host CPU supports the "unrestricted_guest" feature (that is, it can
virtualize big real mode natively).  On older host CPUs however, KVM
has to emulate big real mode, and it currently doesn't implement
FXSAVE emulation.

Upstream QEMU rebuilt iPXE at commit 0418631 ("[thunderx] Fix
compilation with older versions of gcc") which is a descendant of
commit 71560d1 (see above).

This was done in QEMU commit ffdc5a2 ("ipxe: update submodule from
4e03af8ec to 041863191").  The resultant binaries were bundled with
the QEMU v2.7.0 release; see QEMU commit c52125a ("ipxe: update
prebuilt binaries").

This distributed the iPXE workaround for the Tivoli VMM bug to a
number of KVM users with old host CPUs, causing KVM emulation failures
(guest crashes) for them while netbooting.

Make the FXSAVE and FXRSTOR instructions conditional on a new feature
test macro called TIVOLI_VMM_WORKAROUND.  Define the macro by default.

There is prior art for an assembly file including config/general.h:
see arch/x86/prefix/romprefix.S.  Also, TIVOLI_VMM_WORKAROUND seems to
be a good fit for the "Obscure configuration options" section in
config/general.h.

Cc: Bandan Das <bsd@redhat.com>
Cc: Gerd Hoffmann <kraxel@redhat.com>
Cc: Greg <rollenwiese@yahoo.com>
Cc: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
Cc: Michael Prokop <launchpad@michael-prokop.at>
Cc: Paolo Bonzini <pbonzini@redhat.com>
Cc: Peter Pickford <arch@netremedies.ca>
Cc: Radim Krčmář <rkrcmar@redhat.com>
Ref: https://bugs.archlinux.org/task/50778
Ref: https://bugs.launchpad.net/qemu/+bug/1623276
Ref: https://bugzilla.proxmox.com/show_bug.cgi?id=1182
Ref: https://bugzilla.redhat.com/show_bug.cgi?id=1356762
Signed-off-by: Laszlo Ersek <lersek@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2016-11-08 17:37:59 +00:00
Michael Brown aa11f5deda [bzimage] Fix page alignment of initrd images
The initrd_addr_max field represents the highest byte address that may
be used to hold initrd images, and is therefore almost certainly not
aligned to a page boundary: a typical value might be 0x7fffffff.

Fix the address calculations to ensure that the initrd images are
always aligned to a page boundary.

Reported-by: Sitsofe Wheeler <sitsofe@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2016-10-29 00:32:33 +01:00
Michael Brown 0be77e959e [efi] Add EFI_BLOCK_IO2_PROTOCOL header and GUID definition
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2016-10-16 23:27:50 +01:00
Michael Brown f796d5b6b6 [efi] Update to current EDK2 headers
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2016-10-16 17:08:02 +01:00
Michael Brown 54dcfed375 [efi] Mark AppleNetBoot.h as a native iPXE header
AppleNetBoot.h is not taken from the EDK2 codebase and so cannot be
imported using include/ipxe/efi/import.pl.  Mark as a native iPXE
header (by changing the include guard) to avoid breaking the import
process.

Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2016-10-16 17:08:02 +01:00
Michael Brown 827dd1bfee [crypto] Mark permanent certificates as permanent
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2016-08-31 17:23:42 +01:00
Michael Brown eed1258038 [cmdline] Add certificate management commands
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2016-08-31 17:11:14 +01:00
Michael Brown 1e277ab062 [crypto] Add certstat() to display basic certificate information
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2016-08-31 15:41:15 +01:00
Michael Brown 9a1a42f283 [crypto] Allow certificates to be marked as having been added explicitly
Allow certificates to be marked as having been added explicitly at run
time.  Such certificates will not be discarded via the certificate
store cache discarder.

Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2016-08-31 15:41:02 +01:00
Michael Brown 534eae4d92 [crypto] Expose certstore_del() to explicitly remove stored certificates
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2016-08-31 15:17:31 +01:00
Michael Brown 161c80af5b [list] Add list_next_entry() and list_prev_entry()
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2016-08-31 15:06:36 +01:00
Michael Brown ff28b22568 [crypto] Generalise X.509 "valid" field to a "flags" field
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2016-08-25 15:41:57 +01:00
Michael Brown e564a4e7d6 [crypto] Add image_x509() to extract X.509 certificates from image
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2016-08-25 15:41:25 +01:00
Michael Brown 2afd66eb55 [pixbuf] Enable PNG format by default
Enable IMAGE_PNG (but not IMAGE_PNM) by default, and drag in the
relevant objects only when image_pixbuf() is present in the binary.

Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2016-07-29 16:04:09 +01:00
Michael Brown 1090839b94 [build] Remove more obsolete explicit object requirements
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2016-07-29 15:56:10 +01:00
Michael Brown 942b798c8d [crypto] Enable both DER and PEM formats by default
Enable both IMAGE_DER and IMAGE_PEM by default, and drag in the
relevant objects only when image_asn1() is present in the binary.

This allows "imgverify" to transparently use either DER or PEM
signature files.

Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2016-07-29 15:40:39 +01:00
Michael Brown b7e43b0335 [build] Remove obsolete explicit object requirements
As of commit b1caa48 ("[crypto] Support SHA-{224,384,512} in X.509
certificates"), the list of supported cryptographic algorithms is
controlled by config/crypto.h.

Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2016-07-29 15:18:35 +01:00
Michael Brown 829fedafcb [image] Use image_asn1() to extract data from CMS signature images
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2016-07-29 15:03:20 +01:00
Michael Brown 84add97ce9 [crypto] Add PEM image format
Add PEM-encoded ASN.1 as an image format.  We accept as PEM any image
containing a line starting with a "-----BEGIN" boundary marker.

We allow for PEM files containing multiple ASN.1 objects, such as a
certificate chain produced by concatenating individual certificate
files.

Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2016-07-29 01:13:27 +01:00
Michael Brown eb7188d04b [crypto] Add DER image format
Add DER-encoded ASN.1 as an image format.  There is no fixed signature
for DER files.  We treat an image as DER if it comprises a single
valid SEQUENCE object covering the entire length of the image.

Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2016-07-29 01:12:58 +01:00
Michael Brown ef50608029 [image] Add image_asn1() to extract ASN.1 objects from image
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2016-07-29 00:41:36 +01:00
Michael Brown 296670a648 [crypto] Allow for parsing of partial ASN.1 cursors
Allow code to create a partial ASN.1 cursor containing only the type
and length bytes, so that asn1_start() may be used to determine the
length of a large ASN.1 blob without first allocating memory to hold
the entire blob.

Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2016-07-28 15:02:15 +01:00
Michael Brown 5846ce2e9e [crypto] Remove obsolete extern declaration for asn1_invalidate_cursor()
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2016-07-28 15:00:26 +01:00
Michael Brown 145aae3998 [hyperv] Use instance UUID in device name
The Windows drivers for VMBus devices are enumerated using the
instance UUID rather than the channel number.  Include the instance
UUID within the iPXE device name to allow an iPXE network device to be
more easily associated with the corresponding Windows network device
when debugging.

Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2016-07-26 16:27:12 +01:00
Michael Brown a4c4f72297 [ipv6] Allow for multiple routers
Select the IPv6 source address and corresponding router (if any) using
a very simplified version of the algorithm from RFC6724:

- Ignore any source address that has a smaller scope than the
  destination address.  For example, do not use a link-local source
  address when sending to a global destination address.

- If we have a source address which is on the same link as the
  destination address, then use that source address.

- If we are left with multiple possible source addresses, then choose
  the address with the smallest scope.  For example, if we are sending
  to a site-local destination address and we have both a global source
  address and a site-local source address, then use the site-local
  source address.

- If we are still left with multiple possible source addresses, then
  choose the address with the longest matching prefix.

For the purposes of this algorithm, we treat RFC4193 Unique Local
Addresses as having organisation-local scope.  Since we use only
link-local scope for our multicast transmissions, this approximation
should remain valid in all practical situations.

Originally-implemented-by: Thomas Bächler <thomas@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2016-07-25 15:20:22 +01:00
Michael Brown a454baaf11 [test] Update IPv6 tests to use okx()
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2016-07-25 13:44:16 +01:00
Michael Brown daa1a59310 [ipv6] Rename ipv6_scope to ipv6_settings_scope
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2016-07-21 15:47:45 +01:00
Michael Brown c34d1518eb [ipv6] Create routing table based on IPv6 settings
Use the IPv6 settings to construct the routing table, in a matter
analogous to the construction of the IPv4 routing table.

This allows for manual assignment of IPv6 addresses via e.g.

  set net0/ip6 2001:ba8:0:1d4::6950:5845
  set net0/len6 64
  set net0/gateway6 fe80::226:bff:fedd:d3c0

The prefix length ("len6") may be omitted, in which case a default
prefix length of 64 will be assumed.

Multiple IPv6 addresses may be assigned manually by implicitly
creating child settings blocks.  For example:

  set net0/ip6 2001:ba8:0:1d4::6950:5845
  set net0.ula/ip6 fda4:2496:e992::6950:5845

Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2016-07-20 13:02:44 +01:00
Michael Brown 4ad3c73b30 [ipv6] Match user expectations for IPv6 settings priorities
A reasonable user expectation is that ${net0/ip6} should show the
"highest-priority" of the IPv6 addresses, even when multiple IPv6
addresses are active.  The expected order of priority is likely to be
manually-assigned addresses first, then stateful DHCPv6 addresses,
then SLAAC addresses, and lastly link-local addresses.

Using ${priority} to enforce an ordering is undesirable since that
would affect the priority assigned to each of the net<N> blocks as a
whole, so use the sibling ordering capability instead.

Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2016-07-19 17:07:53 +01:00
Michael Brown f5cf4f706e [settings] Allow settings blocks to specify a sibling ordering
Allow settings blocks to provide an explicit default ordering between
siblings, with lower precedence than the existing ${priority} setting.

Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2016-07-19 17:07:53 +01:00
Michael Brown 1fdc7da435 [ipv6] Expose IPv6 link-local address settings
Originally-implemented-by: Hannes Reinecke <hare@suse.de>
Originally-implemented-by: Marin Hannache <git@mareo.fr>
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2016-07-19 14:35:30 +01:00
Michael Brown 03d19cf14d [dhcpv6] Expose IPv6 address setting acquired through DHCPv6
Originally-implemented-by: Hannes Reinecke <hare@suse.de>
Originally-implemented-by: Marin Hannache <git@mareo.fr>
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2016-07-19 01:20:34 +01:00
Michael Brown 3b783d7fd2 [ipv6] Expose IPv6 settings acquired through NDP
Expose the IPv6 address (or prefix) as ${ip6}, the prefix length as
${len6}, and the router address as ${gateway6}.

Originally-implemented-by: Hannes Reinecke <hare@suse.de>
Originally-implemented-by: Marin Hannache <git@mareo.fr>
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2016-07-19 00:13:00 +01:00
Michael Brown ee54ab5be6 [ipv6] Allow settings to comprise arbitrary subsets of NDP options
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2016-07-19 00:13:00 +01:00
Michael Brown 0ac874242b [settings] Correctly mortalise autovivified child settings blocks
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2016-07-19 00:13:00 +01:00
Michael Brown 129206f476 [ipv6] Rename ipv6_scope to dhcpv6_scope
The settings scope ipv6_scope refers specifically to IPv6 settings
that have a corresponding DHCPv6 option.  Rename to dhcpv6_scope to
more accurately reflect this purpose.

Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2016-07-16 12:42:08 +01:00
Michael Brown ecfc81d76f [settings] Create space for IPv6 in settings display order
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2016-07-15 17:39:49 +01:00
Michael Brown c53a209a42 [ipv6] Perform SLAAC only during autoconfiguration
We currently perform IPv6 stateless address autoconfiguration (SLAAC)
in response to any router advertisement with the relevant flags set.
This can result in the local IPv6 source address changing midway
through a TCP connection, since our connections bind only to a local
port number and do not store a local network address.

In addition, this behaviour for SLAAC is inconsistent with that for
DHCPv4 and stateful DHCPv6, both of which will be performed only as a
result of an explicit autoconfiguration action (e.g. via the default
autoboot sequence, or the "ifconf" command).

Fix by ignoring router advertisements arriving outside the context of
an ongoing autoconfiguration attempt.

Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2016-07-15 15:58:47 +01:00
Michael Brown 517d234031 [intel] Remove duplicate intelvf_mbox_queues() function
Commit db34436 ("[intel] Strip spurious VLAN tags received by virtual
function NICs") accidentally introduced two copies of the
intel[x]vf_mbox_queues() function.  Remove the unintended copy.

Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2016-07-14 13:51:07 +01:00
Michael Brown db3443608f [intel] Strip spurious VLAN tags received by virtual function NICs
The physical function may be configured to transparently insert a VLAN
tag into all transmitted packets.  Unfortunately, it does not
equivalently strip this same VLAN tag from all received packets.  This
behaviour may be observed in some Amazon EC2 instances with Enhanced
Networking enabled: transmissions work as expected but all packets
received by iPXE appear to have a spurious VLAN tag.

We can configure the receive queue to strip VLAN tags via the
RXDCTL.VME bit.  We need to find out from the PF driver whether or not
we should do so.

There exists a "get queue configuration" mailbox message which
contains a field labelled IXGBE_VF_TRANS_VLAN in the Linux driver.

A comment in the Linux PF driver describes this field as "notify VF of
need for VLAN tag stripping, and correct queue".  It will be filled
with a non-zero value if the PF is enforcing the use of a single VLAN
tag.  It will also be filled with a non-zero value if the PF is using
multiple traffic classes.

The Linux VF driver seems to treat this field as being simply the
number of traffic classes, and gives it no VLAN-related
interpretation.  The Linux VF driver instead handles the VLAN tag
stripping by simply assuming that any unrecognised VLAN tag ought to
be silently dropped.

We choose to strip and ignore the VLAN tag if the IXGBE_VF_TRANS_VLAN
field has a non-zero value.

Reported-by: Leonid Vasetsky <leonidv@velostrata.com>
Tested-by: Leonid Vasetsky <leonidv@velostrata.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2016-07-12 09:14:41 +01:00
Michael Brown 45dd627689 [ipv4] Send gratuitous ARPs whenever a new IPv4 address is applied
In a busy network (such as a public cloud), IPv4 addresses may be
recycled rapidly.  When this happens, unidirectional traffic (such as
UDP syslog) will succeed, but bidirectional traffic (such as TCP
connections) may fail due to stale ARP cache entries on other nodes.
The remote ARP cache expiry timeout is likely to exceed iPXE's
connection timeout, meaning that boot attempts can fail before the
problem is automatically resolved.

Fix by sending gratuitous ARPs whenever an IPv4 address is changed, to
attempt to update stale remote ARP cache entries.  Note that this is
not a guaranteed fix, since ARP is an unreliable protocol.

We avoid sending gratuitous ARPs unconditionally, since otherwise any
unrelated settings change (e.g. "set dns 192.168.0.1") would cause
unexpected gratuitous ARPs to be sent.

Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2016-07-12 09:01:01 +01:00
Lukas Grossar 23c275bd1e [intel] Add PCI device ID for I219-V/LM
Signed-off-by: Lukas Grossar <lukas.grossar@adfinis-sygroup.ch>
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2016-07-12 05:51:10 +01:00
Michael Brown df85901768 [acpi] Allow time for ACPI power off to take effect
The ACPI power off sequence may not take effect immediately.  Delay
for one second, to eliminate potentially confusing log messages such
as "Could not power off: Error 0x43902001 (http://ipx".

Reported-by: Leonid Vasetsky <leonidv@velostrata.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2016-07-11 21:23:03 +01:00
Michael Brown e19c0a8fd2 [acpi] Add support for ACPI power off
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2016-07-11 14:05:18 +01:00
Michael Brown 74222cd2c1 [rng] Check for functioning RTC interrupt
On some platforms (observed in a small subset of Microsoft Azure
(Hyper-V) virtual machines), the RTC appears to be incapable of
generating an interrupt via the legacy PIC.  The RTC status registers
show that a periodic interrupt has been asserted, but the PIC IRR
shows that IRQ8 remains inactive.

On such systems, iPXE will currently freeze during the "iPXE
initialising devices..." message.

Work around this problem by checking that RTC interrupts are being
raised before returning from rtc_entropy_enable().  If no interrupt is
seen within 100ms, then we assume that the RTC interrupt mechanism is
broken.  In these circumstances, iPXE will continue to initialise but
any subsequent attempt to generate entropy will fail.  In particular,
HTTPS connections will fail with an error indicating that no entropy
is available.

Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2016-07-10 20:42:53 +01:00
Laszlo Ersek d6817943d1 [efi] Install the HII config access protocol on a child of the SNP handle
In edk2, there are several drivers that associate HII forms (and
corresponding config access protocol instances) with each individual
network device.  (In this context, "network device" means the EFI
handle on which the SNP protocol is installed, and on which the device
path ending with the MAC() node is installed also.)  Such edk2 drivers
are, for example: Ip4Dxe, HttpBootDxe, VlanConfigDxe.

In UEFI, any given handle can carry at most one instance of a specific
protocol (see e.g. the specification of the InstallProtocolInterface()
boot service).  This implies that the class of drivers mentioned above
can't install their EFI_HII_CONFIG_ACCESS_PROTOCOL instances on the
SNP handle directly -- they would conflict with each other.
Accordingly, each of those edk2 drivers creates a "private" child
handle under the SNP handle, and installs its config access protocol
(and corresponding HII package list) on its child handle.

The device path for the child handle is traditionally derived by
appending a Hardware Vendor Device Path node after the MAC() node.
The VenHw() nodes in question consist of a GUID (by definition), and
no trailing data (by choice).  The purpose of these VenHw() nodes is
only that all the child nodes can be uniquely identified by device
path.

At the moment iPXE does not follow this pattern.  It doesn't run into
a conflict when it installs its EFI_HII_CONFIG_ACCESS_PROTOCOL
directly on the SNP handle, but that's only because iPXE is the sole
driver not following the pattern.  This behavior seems risky (one
might call it a "latent bug"); better align iPXE with the edk2 custom.

Cc: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
Cc: Gary Lin <glin@suse.com>
Cc: Ladi Prosek <lprosek@redhat.com>
Ref: http://thread.gmane.org/gmane.comp.bios.edk2.devel/13494/focus=13532
Signed-off-by: Laszlo Ersek <lersek@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Ladi Prosek <lprosek@redhat.com>
Modified-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2016-07-08 14:16:32 +01:00
Michael Brown 5430465185 [profile] Allow profiling to be globally enabled or disabled
As with assertions, profiling is enabled for objects built with any
debug level (including an explicit debug level of zero).

Allow profiling to be globally enabled or disabled by adding PROFILE=1
or PROFILE=0 respectively to the build command line.

Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2016-07-05 13:49:51 +01:00
Michael Brown 46719f2264 [libc] Allow assertions to be globally enabled or disabled
Assertions are enabled for objects built with any debug level
(including an explicit debug level of zero).  It is sometimes useful
to be able to enable assertions across all objects; this currently
requires manually hacking include/assert.h.

Allow assertions to be globally enabled by adding ASSERT=1 to the
build command line.  For example:

  make bin/8086100e.mrom ASSERT=1

Similarly, allow assertions to be globally disabled by adding ASSERT=0
to the build command line.  If no ASSERT=... is specified on the
build command line, then only objects mentioned in DEBUG=... will have
assertions enabled (as is currently the case).

Note than globally enabling assertions imposes a relatively heavy
runtime penalty, primarily due to the various sanity checks performed
by list_add(), list_for_each_entry(), etc.

Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2016-07-05 13:28:51 +01:00
Michael Brown 6e1ce52d14 [debug] Allow debug messages to be initially disabled at runtime
Extend the DEBUG=... syntax to allow debug messages to be compiled in
but disabled by default.  For example:

  make bin/undionly.kpxe DEBUG=netdevice:3:1

would compile in the messages as for DEBUG=netdevice:3, but would set
the debug level mask so that only the DEBUG=netdevice:1 messages would
be displayed.

This allows for external code to selectively enable the additional
debug messages at runtime, without being overwhelmed by unwanted
initial noise.  For example, a developer of a new protocol may want to
temporarily enable tracing of all packets received: this can be done
by building with DEBUG=netdevice:3:1 and using

  // temporarily enable per-packet messages
  DBG_ENABLE_OBJECT ( netdevice, DBGLVL_EXTRA );
  ...
  // disable per-packet messages
  DBG_DISABLE_OBJECT ( netdevice, DBGLVL_EXTRA );

Note that unlike the usual DBG_ENABLE() and DBG_DISABLE() macros,
DBG_ENABLE_OBJECT() and DBG_DISABLE_OBJECT() will not be removed via
dead code elimination if debugging is disabled in the specified
object.  In particular, this means that using either of these macros
will always result in a symbol reference to the specified object.

Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2016-07-05 12:34:15 +01:00
Michael Brown e2c0a20d60 [debug] Allow per-object runtime enabling/disabling of debug messages
The DBG_ENABLE() and DBG_DISABLE() macros currently affect the debug
level of all objects that were built with debugging enabled.  This is
undesirable, since it is common to use different debug levels in each
object.

Make the debug level mask a per-object variable.  DBG_ENABLE() and
DBG_DISABLE() now control only the debug level for the containing
object (which is consistent with the intended usage across the
existing codebase).  DBG_ENABLE_OBJECT() and DBG_DISABLE_OBJECT() may
be used to control the debug level for a specified object.  For
example:

  // Enable DBG() messages from tcpip.c
  DBG_ENABLE_OBJECT ( tcpip, DBGLVL_LOG );

Note that the existence of debug messages continues to be gated by the
DEBUG=... list specified on the build command line.  If an object was
built without the relevant debug level, then DBG_ENABLE_OBJECT() will
have no effect on that object at runtime (other than to explicitly
drag in the object via a symbol reference).

Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2016-07-05 10:27:22 +01:00
Michael Brown 55f7a675d6 [iscsi] Treat redirection failures as fatal
Debugged-by: Robin Smidsrød <robin@smidsrod.no>
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2016-07-04 16:20:07 +01:00
Michael Brown 89c6db838f [downloader] Treat redirection failures as fatal
Debugged-by: Robin Smidsrød <robin@smidsrod.no>
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2016-07-04 16:20:01 +01:00
Michael Brown 5e2a7481ad [xfer] Send intf_close() if redirection fails
A redirection failure is fatal, but provides no opportunity for the
caller of xfer_[v]redirect() to report the failure since the interface
will already have been disconnected.  Fix by sending intf_close() from
within the default xfer_vredirect() handler.

Debugged-by: Robin Smidsrød <robin@smidsrod.no>
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2016-07-04 16:14:46 +01:00
Michael Brown aeb6203811 [dhcp] Automatically generate vendor class identifier string
The vendor class identifier strings in DHCP_ARCH_VENDOR_CLASS_ID are
out of sync with the (correct) client architecture values in
DHCP_ARCH_CLIENT_ARCHITECTURE.

Fix by removing all definitions of DHCP_ARCH_VENDOR_CLASS_ID, and
instead generating the vendor class identifier string automatically
based on DHCP_ARCH_CLIENT_ARCHITECTURE and DHCP_ARCH_CLIENT_NDI.

Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2016-07-04 15:07:05 +01:00
Michael Brown d7f1834b5e [dhcpv6] Include vendor class identifier option in DHCPv6 requests
RFC3315 defines DHCPv6 option 16 (vendor class identifier) but does
not define any direct relationship with the roughly equivalent DHCPv4
option 60.

The PXE specification predates IPv6, and the UEFI specification is
expectedly vague on the subject.  Examination of the reference EDK2
codebase suggests that the DHCPv6 vendor class identifier will be
formatted in accordance with RFC3315, using a single vendor-class-data
item in which the opaque-data field is the string as would appear in
DHCPv4 option 60.

RFC3315 requires the vendor class identifier to specify an IANA
enterprise number, as a way of disambiguating the vendor-class-data
namespace.  The EDK2 code uses the value 343, described as:

    // TODO: IANA TBD: temporarily using Intel's

Since this "TODO" has been present since at least 2010, it is probably
safe to assume that it has now become a de facto standard.

Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2016-07-04 14:08:26 +01:00
Michael Brown fda8916c83 [dhcpv6] Include RFC5970 client architecture options in DHCPv6 requests
RFC5970 defines DHCPv6 options 61 (client system architecture type)
and 62 (client network interface identifier), with contents equivalent
to DHCPv4 options 93 and 94 respectively.

Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2016-07-04 13:18:49 +01:00
Michael Brown 3d9f094022 [dhcp] Allow for variable encapsulation of architecture-specific options
DHCPv4 and DHCPv6 share some values in common for the architecture-
specific options (such as the client system architecture type), but
use different encapsulations: DHCPv4 has a single byte for the option
length while DHCPv6 has a 16-bit field for the option length.

Move the containing DHCP_OPTION() and related wrappers from the
individual dhcp_arch.h files to dhcp.c, thus allowing for the
architecture-specific values to be reused in dhcpv6.c.

Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2016-07-04 13:15:05 +01:00
Michael Brown 3bb61c33c2 [pxe] Disable interrupts on the PIC before starting NBP
Some BIOSes (observed with an HP Gen9) seem to spuriously enable
interrupts at the PIC.  This causes problems with NBPs such as GRUB
which use the UNDI API (thereby enabling interrupts on the NIC)
without first hooking an interrupt service routine.  In this
situation, the interrupt will end up being handled by the default BIOS
ISR, which will typically just send an EOI and return.  Since nothing
in this handler causes the NIC to deassert the interrupt, this will
result in an interrupt storm.

Entertainingly, some BIOSes are immune to this problem because the
default ISR sends the EOI only to the slave PIC; this effectively
disables the interrupt.

Work around this problem by disabling the interrupt on the PIC before
invoking the PXE NBP.  An NBP that expects to make use of interrupts
will need to be configuring the PIC anyway, so it is probably safe to
assume that it will explicitly reenable the interrupt.

Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2016-07-03 12:52:20 +01:00
Michael Brown c22da4b8ba [bios] Do not enable interrupts when printing to the console
There seems to be no reason for the sti/cli pair used around each call
to INT 10.  Remove these instructions, so that printing debug messages
from within an ISR does not temporarily reenable interrupts.

Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2016-07-03 12:50:19 +01:00
Michael Brown c9f6a86059 [efi] Fix uninitialised data in HII IFR structures
The HII IFR structures are allocated via realloc() rather than
zalloc(), and so are not automatically zeroed.  This results in the
presence of uninitialised and invalid data, causing crashes elsewhere
in the UEFI firmware.

Fix by explicitly zeroing the newly allocated portion of any IFR
structure in efi_ifr_op().

Debugged-by: Laszlo Ersek <lersek@redhat.com>
Debugged-by: Gary Lin <glin@suse.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2016-06-29 15:17:12 +01:00
Michael Brown 0418631918 [thunderx] Fix compilation with older versions of gcc
Remove redundant duplicate typedef which causes a build failure on
older gcc versions.

Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2016-06-22 12:07:55 +01:00
Michael Brown 632e57f0f3 [efi] Do not copy garbage bytes into SNP device path MAC address
The SNP device path includes the network device's MAC address within
the MAC_ADDR_DEVICE_PATH.MacAddress field.  We check that the
link-layer address will fit within this field, and then perform the
copy using the length of the destination buffer.

At 32 bytes, the MacAddress field is actually larger than the current
maximum iPXE link-layer address.  The copy therefore overflows the
source buffer, resulting in trailing garbage bytes being appended to
the device path's MacAddress.  This is invisible in debug messages,
since the DevicePathToText protocol will render only the length
implied by the interface type.

Fix by copying only the actual length of the link-layer address (which
we have already verified will not overflow the destination buffer).

Debugged-by: Laszlo Ersek <lersek@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2016-06-22 09:07:20 +01:00
Michael Brown 694c18addc [efi] Report failures to stop the EFI timer tick event
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2016-06-20 16:08:17 +01:00
Michael Brown c9176878ef [smsc75xx] Allow up to 100ms for reset to complete
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2016-06-20 14:26:37 +01:00
Ladi Prosek 040aa980d6 [virtio] Fix virtio-pci logging
iPXE debug logging doesn't support %u.  This commit replaces it with
%d in virtio-pci debug format strings.

Signed-off-by: Ladi Prosek <lprosek@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Michael S. Tsirkin <mst@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2016-06-20 14:23:53 +01:00
Ladi Prosek fbbc895442 [virtio] Renumber virtio_pci_region flags
Some of the regions may end up being unmapped, either because they are
optional or because the attempt to map them has failed.  Region types
starting at 0 didn't make it easy to test for this condition.

This commit bumps all valid region types up by 1 with 0 having the
implicit 'unmapped' meaning.

Signed-off-by: Ladi Prosek <lprosek@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Marcel Apfelbaum <marcel@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2016-06-20 14:20:21 +01:00
Michael Brown 25ae251dd9 [thunderx] Retrieve base MAC address via EFI_THUNDER_CONFIG_PROTOCOL
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2016-06-18 19:28:38 +01:00
Michael Brown 8f0bec4346 [efi] Include VLAN in SNP device path if applicable
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2016-06-18 18:45:18 +01:00
Christian Nilsson ec992b97c2 [intel] Add PCI device ID for another I219-LM
Tested-by: Kuniyasu Suzaki <k.suzaki@aist.go.jp>
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2016-06-16 11:42:24 +01:00
Michael Brown cf52436c71 [thunderx] Fix channel configuration for VNICs 1-7
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2016-06-15 20:32:06 +01:00
Michael Brown 4775dd3835 [thunderx] Add driver for Cavium ThunderX SoC NICs
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2016-06-13 18:41:26 +01:00
Michael Brown 3c61e11fe1 [cmdline] Add "ntp" command
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2016-06-13 15:57:16 +01:00
Michael Brown fce6117ad9 [ntp] Add simple NTP client
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2016-06-13 15:55:49 +01:00
Michael Brown e6111c1517 [time] Allow system clock to be adjusted at runtime
Provide a mechanism to allow an arbitrary adjustment to be applied to
all subsequent calls to time().

Note that the underlying clock source (e.g. the RTC clock) will not be
changed; only the time as reported within iPXE will be affected.

Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2016-06-13 15:29:05 +01:00
Leendert van Doorn 02d5cfff22 [tg3] Add missing memory barrier
ARM64 has a weaker memory order model than x86.  The missing memory
barrier caused phy initialization notification to be delayed beyond
the link-wait timeout (15 secs).

Signed-off-by: Leendert van Doorn <leendert@paramecium.org>
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2016-06-13 15:14:43 +01:00
Michael Brown 188789eb3c [tcp] Send TCP keepalives on idle established connections
In some circumstances, intermediate devices may lose state in a way
that temporarily prevents the successful delivery of packets from a
TCP peer.  For example, a firewall may drop a NAT forwarding table
entry.

Since iPXE spends most of its time downloading files (and hence purely
receiving data, sending only TCP ACKs), this can easily happen in a
situation in which there is no reason for iPXE's TCP stack to generate
any retransmissions.  The temporary loss of connectivity can therefore
effectively become permanent.

Work around this problem by sending TCP keepalives after a period of
inactivity on an established connection.

TCP keepalives usually send a single garbage byte in sequence number
space that has already been ACKed by the peer.  Since we do not need
to elicit a response from the peer, we instead send pure ACKs (with no
garbage data) in order to keep the transmit code path simple.

Originally-implemented-by: Ladi Prosek <lprosek@redhat.com>
Debugged-by: Ladi Prosek <lprosek@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2016-06-13 09:58:32 +01:00
Leendert van Doorn 5c2a959a72 [tg3] Fix address truncation bug on 64-bit machines
Signed-off-by: Leendert van Doorn <leendert@paramecium.org>
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2016-06-10 15:45:19 +01:00
Michael Brown b42e71921f [http] Accept headers with no whitespace following the colon
Reported-by: Raphael Cohn <raphael.cohn@stormmq.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2016-06-09 12:27:04 +01:00
Michael Brown f76210961c [pci] Support systems with multiple PCI root bridges
Extend the 16-bit PCI bus:dev.fn address to a 32-bit seg🚌dev.fn
address, assuming a segment value of zero in contexts where multiple
segments are unsupported by the underlying data structures (e.g. in
the iBFT or BOFM tables).

Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2016-06-09 09:36:28 +01:00
Michael Brown 2c197517f2 [libc] Always use a non-zero seed for the (non-crypto) RNG
The non-cryptographic RNG implemented by random() has the property
that a seed value of zero will result in a generated sequence of
all-zero values.  This situation can arise if currticks() returns zero
at start of day.

Work around this problem by falling back to a fixed non-zero seed if
necessary.

This has no effect on the separate DRBG used by cryptographic code.

Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2016-06-09 08:44:32 +01:00
Vinson Lee f6e8b800be [build] Remove nested "my" declaration
Fix build error with perl >= 5.23.2:

  Can't redeclare "my" in "my" at ./util/parserom.pl line 160

Signed-off-by: Vinson Lee <vlee@freedesktop.org>
Reviewed-by: Robin Smidsrød <robin@smidsrod.no>
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2016-06-03 18:09:54 +01:00
Michael Brown aa4b038c70 [efi] Expose DHCP packets via the Apple NetBoot protocol
Mac OS X uses non-standard EFI protocols to obtain the DHCP packets
from the UEFI firmware.

Originally-implemented-by: Michael Kuron <m.kuron@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2016-05-29 13:10:14 +01:00
Michael Brown af9afd0a86 [dhcp] Fix definitions for x86_64 and EFI BC client architectures
There has been a longstanding disagreement between RFC4578 and the
IANA "Processor Architecture Types" registry.  RFC4578 section 2.1
defines type 7 as "EFI BC" and type 9 as "EFI x86-64"; the IANA
registry quotes RFC4578 as its source but has these values erroneously
swapped.  The EDK2 codebase uses the IANA values.

As of March 2016, RFC4578 has been modified by an errata to match the
values as recorded in the IANA registry.

Fix our definitions to match the consensus values.

Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2016-05-26 13:58:37 +01:00
Michael Brown 31d4a7b8db [arm] Use correct DHCP client architecture values
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2016-05-26 13:43:33 +01:00
Michael Brown ee5dfb75aa [axge] Add driver for ASIX 10/100/1000 USB Ethernet NICs
Add driver for the AX88178A (USB2) and AX88179 (USB3) 10/100/1000
Ethernet NICs.

Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2016-05-26 12:52:06 +01:00
Michael Brown 8dd39b9572 [efi] Work around broken UEFI keyboard drivers
Some UEFI keyboard drivers are blissfully unaware of the existence of
either Ctrl key, and will report "Ctrl-<key>" as just "<key>".  This
breaks substantial portions of the iPXE user interface.

Work around these broken UEFI drivers by allowing "ESC <key>" to be
used as a substitute for "Ctrl-<key>".

Tested-by: Dreamcat4 <dreamcat4@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2016-05-25 23:28:41 +01:00
Michael Brown f42b2585fe [http] Ignore unrecognised "Connection" header tokens
Some HTTP/2 servers send the header "Connection: upgrade, close".  This
currently causes iPXE to fail due to the unrecognised "upgrade" token.

Fix by ignoring any unrecognised tokens in the "Connection" header.

Reported-by: Ján ONDREJ (SAL) <ondrejj@salstar.sk>
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2016-05-25 15:35:43 +01:00
Michael Brown 80dd6cbcc4 [lotest] Add option to use broadcast packets for loopback testing
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2016-05-23 14:17:47 +01:00
Michael Brown 231adda40f [netdevice] Fix failure path in register_netdev()
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2016-05-23 14:17:47 +01:00
Michael Brown 56c0147deb [settings] Extend numerical setting tags to "unsigned long"
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2016-05-20 16:51:56 +01:00
Michael Brown 6d2bdc4ea3 [pci] Add support for PCI Enhanced Allocation
Some embedded devices have immovable BARs, which are described via a
PCI Enhanced Allocation capability.

Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2016-05-20 16:51:56 +01:00
Michael Brown 276d7c31c5 [undi] Work around broken HP EliteBook 745 G3 PXE ROM
Reported-by: Arturino Mazzei <mazzeia@hotmail.com>
Tested-by: Arturino Mazzei <mazzeia@hotmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2016-05-13 13:22:06 +01:00
Christian Hesse 858f56e68b [ath9k] Fix buffer overrun for ar9287
This backport is from linux kernel upstream commit 83d6f1f ("ath9k:
fix buffer overrun for ar9287").

Signed-off-by: Christian Hesse <mail@eworm.de>
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2016-05-12 14:55:13 +01:00
Michael Brown 601706688b [arm] Use CNTVCT_EL0 as profiling timestamp
The raw cycle counter at PMCCNTR_EL0 works in qemu but seems to always
read as zero on physical hardware (tested on Juno r1 and Cavium
ThunderX), even after ensuring that PMCR_EL0.E and PMCNTENSET_EL0.C
are both enabled.

Use CNTVCT_EL0 instead; this seems to count at a lower resolution
(tens of CPU cycles), but is usable for profiling.

Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2016-05-12 11:16:41 +01:00
Michael Brown 6164741f81 [efi] Guard against GetStatus() failing to return a NULL TX buffer
The UEFI specification requires the EFI_SIMPLE_NETWORK_PROTOCOL
GetStatus() method to set TxBuf to NULL if there are no transmit
buffers to recycle.

Some implementations (observed with Lan9118Dxe in EDK2) fill in TxBuf
only when there is a transmit buffer to recycle, which leads to large
numbers of "spurious TX completion" errors.

Work around this problem by initialising TxBuf to NULL before calling
the GetStatus() method.

Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2016-05-11 23:02:10 +01:00
Michael Brown 47931a4de5 [arm] Add optimised TCP/IP checksumming for 64-bit ARM
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2016-05-11 08:16:36 +01:00
Michael Brown 95716ece91 [arm] Add optimised string functions for 64-bit ARM
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2016-05-11 08:15:52 +01:00
Michael Brown a966570dce [libc] Avoid implicit assumptions about potentially-optimised memcpy()
Do not assume that an architecture-specific optimised memcpy() will
have the same properties as generic_memcpy() in terms of handling
overlapping regions.

Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2016-05-09 16:23:38 +01:00
Michael Brown 45cd68c0fb [efi] Allow for building with older versions of elf.h system header
Reported-by: Ahmad Mahagna <ahmhad@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2016-05-09 16:18:10 +01:00
Michael Brown 17c6f322ee [arm] Add support for 64-bit ARM (Aarch64)
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2016-05-08 00:20:20 +01:00
Michael Brown edea3a434c [arm] Split out 32-bit-specific code to arch/arm32
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2016-05-08 00:18:35 +01:00
Michael Brown 2a187f480e [arm] Avoid instruction references to symbols defined via ".equ"
When building for 64-bit ARM, some symbol references may be resolved
via an "adrp" instruction (to obtain the start of the 4kB page
containing the symbol) and a separate 12-bit offset.  For example
(taken from the GNU assembler documentation):

  adrp x0, foo
  ldr  x0, [x0, #:lo12:foo]

We occasionally refer to symbols defined via mechanisms that are not
directly visible to gcc.  For example:

  extern char some_magic_symbol[];
  __asm__ ( ".equ some_magic_symbol, some_magic_expression" );

The subsequent use of the ":lo12:" prefix on such magically-defined
symbols triggers an assertion failure in the assembler.

This problem seems to affect only "private_key_len" in the current
codebase.  Fix by storing this value as static data; this avoids the
need to provide the value as a literal within the instruction stream,
and so avoids the problematic use of the ":lo12:" prefix.

Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2016-05-08 00:08:48 +01:00
Michael Brown 1a16f67a28 [arm] Add support for 32-bit ARM
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2016-05-06 12:08:44 +01:00
Michael Brown 49a5bcfba6 [bitops] Fix typo in test case
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2016-05-05 23:42:57 +01:00
Michael Brown 67f539fa80 [libgcc] Provide __divmoddi4()
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2016-05-05 23:42:57 +01:00
Michael Brown a5885fbc19 [legacy] Fix building with GCC 6
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2016-05-04 16:01:33 +01:00
Michael Brown 63037bdce4 [ath] Fix building with GCC 6
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2016-05-04 16:01:33 +01:00
Michael Brown 08230599ef [golan] Fix building with GCC 6
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2016-05-04 16:01:32 +01:00
Michael Brown 76ec2a0540 [skge] Fix building with GCC 6
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2016-05-04 16:01:32 +01:00
Michael Brown 65b32a0b70 [sis190] Fix building with GCC 6
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2016-05-04 16:01:32 +01:00
Vinson Lee e2f14c2f8c [mucurses] Fix GCC 6 nonnull-compare errors
Remove null checks for arguments declared as nonnull.

Signed-off-by: Vinson Lee <vlee@freedesktop.org>
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2016-05-04 16:01:32 +01:00
Michael Brown 57d0ea7c46 [efi] Generalise EFI entropy generation to non-x86 CPUs
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2016-05-04 14:34:24 +01:00
Michael Brown 757ab98381 [efi] Use a timer event to generate the currticks() timer
We currently use the EFI_CPU_ARCH_PROTOCOL's GetTimerValue() method to
generate the currticks() timer, calibrated against a 1ms delay from
the boot services Stall() method.

This does not work on ARM platforms, where GetTimerValue() is an empty
stub which just returns EFI_UNSUPPORTED.

Fix by instead creating a periodic timer event, and using this event
to increment a current tick counter.

Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2016-05-04 13:38:33 +01:00
Michael Brown 1e066431a4 [tcpip] Do not fall back to using unoptimised TCP/IP checksumming
Require architecture-specific code to make a deliberate choice to use
the unoptimised generic_tcpip_continue_chksum() function, if there is
no optimised version available.

Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2016-05-04 13:38:25 +01:00
Michael Brown 9f91df422b [build] Remove unnecessary dependency on zlib
The dependency on zlib seems to have been introduced in commit 3dd7ce1
("[efi] Allow building with non-system libbfd") as an indirect
requirement of either libbfd or libiberty when building on Mac OS X.
Since we no longer use either of these libraries, remove the
unnecessary link against zlib.

Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2016-05-02 23:09:49 +01:00
Michael Brown efd5cf9aad [efi] Eliminate use of libbfd
Parse the intermediate ELF file directly instead of using libbfd, in
order to allow for cross-compiled ELF objects.

As a side bonus, this eliminates libbfd as a build requirement.

Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2016-05-02 22:35:14 +01:00
Michael Brown 71560d1854 [librm] Preserve FPU, MMX and SSE state across calls to virt_call()
The IBM Tivoli Provisioning Manager for OS Deployment (also known as
TPMfOSD, Rembo-ia32, or Rembo Auto-Deploy) has a serious bug in some
older versions (observed with v5.1.1.0, apparently fixed by v7.1.1.0)
which can lead to arbitrary data corruption.

As mentioned in commit 87723a0 ("[libflat] Test A20 gate without
switching to flat real mode"), Tivoli's NBP sets up a VMM and makes
calls to the PXE stack in VM86 mode.  This appears to be some kind of
attempt to run PXE API calls inside a sandbox.  The VMM is fairly
sophisticated: for example, it handles our attempts to switch into
protected mode and patches our GDT so that our protected-mode code
runs in ring 1 instead of ring 0.  However, it neglects to apply any
memory protections.  In particular, it does not enable paging and
leaves us with 4GB segment limits.  We can therefore trivially break
out of the sandbox by simply overwriting the GDT (or by modifying any
of Tivoli's VMM code or data structures).

When we attempt to execute privileged instructions (such as "lidt"),
the CPU raises an exception and control is passed to the Tivoli VMM.
This may result in a call to Tivoli's memcpy() function.

Tivoli's memcpy() function includes optimisations which use the SSE
registers %xmm0-%xmm3 to speed up aligned memory copies.

Unfortunately, the Tivoli VMM's exception handler does not save or
restore %xmm0-%xmm3.  The net effect of this bug in the Tivoli VMM is
that any privileged instruction (such as "lidt") issued by iPXE may
result in unexpected corruption of the %xmm0-%xmm3 registers.

Even more unfortunately, this problem affects the code path taken in
response to a hardware interrupt from the NIC, since that code path
will call PXENV_UNDI_ISR.  The net effect therefore becomes that any
NIC hardware interrupt (e.g. due to a received packet) may result in
unexpected corruption of the %xmm0-%xmm3 registers.

If a packet arrives while Tivoli is in the middle of using its
memcpy() function, then the unexpected corruption of the %xmm0-%xmm3
registers will result in unexpected corruption in the destination
buffer.  The net effect therefore becomes that any received packet may
result in a 16-byte block of corruption somewhere in any data that
Tivoli copied using its memcpy() function.

We can work around this bug in the Tivoli VMM by saving and restoring
the %xmm0-%xmm3 registers across calls to virt_call().  To work around
the problem, we need to save registers before attempting to execute
any privileged instructions, and ensure that we attempt no further
privileged instructions after restoring the registers.

This is less simple than it may sound.  We can use the "movups"
instruction to save and restore individual registers, but this will
itself generate an undefined opcode exception if SSE is not currently
enabled according to the flags in %cr0 and %cr4.  We can't access %cr0
or %cr4 before attempting the "movups" instruction, because access a
control register is itself a privileged instruction (which may
therefore trigger corruption of the registers that we're trying to
save).

The best solution seems to be to use the "fxsave" and "fxrstor"
instructions.  If SSE is not enabled, then these instructions may fail
to save and restore the SSE register contents, but will not generate
an undefined opcode exception.  (If SSE is not enabled, then we don't
really care about preserving the SSE register contents anyway.)

The use of "fxsave" and "fxrstor" introduces an implicit assumption
that the CPU supports SSE instructions (even though we make no
assumption about whether or not SSE is currently enabled).  SSE was
introduced in 1999 with the Pentium III (and added by AMD in 2001),
and is an architectural requirement for x86_64.  Experimentation with
current versions of gcc suggest that it may generate SSE instructions
even when using "-m32", unless an explicit "-march=i386" or "-mno-sse"
is used to inhibit this.  It therefore seems reasonable to assume that
SSE will be supported on any hardware that might realistically be used
with new iPXE builds.

As a side benefit of this change, the MMX register %mm0 will now be
preserved across virt_call() even in an i386 build of iPXE using a
driver that requires readq()/writeq(), and the SSE registers
%xmm0-%xmm5 will now be preserved across virt_call() even in an x86_64
build of iPXE using the Hyper-V netvsc driver.

Experimentation suggests that this change adds around 10% to the
number of cycles required for a do-nothing virt_call(), most of which
are due to the extra bytes copied using "rep movsb".  Since the number
of bytes copied is a compile-time constant local to librm.S, we could
potentially reduce this impact by ensuring that we always copy a whole
number of dwords and so can use "rep movsl" instead of "rep movsb".

Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2016-05-02 14:02:31 +01:00
Michael Brown fe62f3c831 [tg3] Fix _tg3_flag() for 64-bit builds
Commit 86f96a4 ("[tg3] Remove x86-specific inline assembly")
introduced a regression in _tg3_flag() in 64-bit builds, since any
flags in the upper 32 bits of a 64-bit unsigned long would be
discarded when truncating to a 32-bit int.

Debugged-by: Shane Thompson <shane.thompson@aeontech.com.au>
Tested-by: Shane Thompson <shane.thompson@aeontech.com.au>
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2016-05-02 13:25:56 +01:00
Michael Brown 2d42d3cff6 [librm] Reduce real-mode stack consumption in virt_call()
Some PXE NBPs are known to make PXE API calls with very little space
available on the real-mode stack.  For example, the Rembo-ia32 NBP
from some versions of IBM's Tivoli Provisioning Manager for Operating
System Deployment (TPMfOSD) will issue calls with the real-mode stack
placed at 0000:03d2; this is at the end of the interrupt vector table
and leaves only 498 bytes of stack space available before overwriting
the hardware IRQ vectors.  This limits the amount of state that we can
preserve before transitioning to protected mode.

Work around these challenging conditions by preserving everything
other than the initial register dump in a temporary static buffer
within our real-mode data segment, and copying the contents of this
buffer to the protected-mode stack.

Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2016-04-29 11:48:39 +01:00
Michael Brown b696a5063e [image] Skip misleading "format not recognised" error message
Return success (rather than failure) after an image format has been
correctly identified.

This has no practical effect, since the return value from
image_probe() is deliberately never used, but avoids a somewhat
surprising and misleading "format not recognised" error message when
debugging is enabled.

Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2016-04-28 12:12:50 +01:00
Michael Brown 55e409b14f [libgcc] Provide symbol to handle gcc's implicit calls to memset()
On some architectures (such as ARM), gcc will insert implicit calls to
memset().  Handle these using the same mechanism as for the implicit
calls to memcpy() used by x86.

Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2016-04-20 16:46:24 +01:00
Michael Brown 91aa188fbb [libc] Allow CPU architectures to use unoptimised string functions
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2016-04-19 16:30:49 +01:00
Michael Brown 40a8a5294c [ethernet] Make LACP support configurable at build time
Add a build configuration option NET_PROTO_LACP to control whether or
not LACP support is included for Ethernet devices.

Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2016-04-18 10:08:46 +01:00
Ladi Prosek 988243c93f [virtio] Add virtio-net 1.0 support
This commit makes virtio-net support devices with VEN 0x1af4 and DEV
0x1041, which is how non-transitional (modern-only) virtio-net devices
are exposed on the PCI bus.

Transitional devices supporting both the old 0.9.5 and new 1.0 version
of the virtio spec are driven using the new protocol.  Legacy devices
are driven using the old protocol, same as before this commit.

Signed-off-by: Ladi Prosek <lprosek@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Michael S. Tsirkin <mst@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2016-04-15 17:43:07 +01:00
Ladi Prosek 8a055a2a70 [virtio] Add virtio 1.0 PCI support
This commit adds support for driving virtio 1.0 PCI devices.  In
addition to various helpers, a number of vpm_ functions are introduced
to be used instead of their legacy vp_ counterparts when accessing
virtio 1.0 (aka modern) devices.

Signed-off-by: Ladi Prosek <lprosek@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Michael S. Tsirkin <mst@redhat.com>
Modified-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2016-04-15 17:41:26 +01:00
Ladi Prosek 7b499f849e [virtio] Add virtio 1.0 constants and data structures
Virtio 1.0 introduces new constants and data structures, common to all
devices as well as specific to virtio-net.  This commit adds a subset
of these to be able to drive the virtio-net 1.0 network device.

Signed-off-by: Ladi Prosek <lprosek@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Michael S. Tsirkin <mst@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2016-04-15 17:28:06 +01:00
Ladi Prosek 2379494918 [pci] Add pci_find_next_capability()
PCI devices may support more capabilities of the same type (for
example PCI_CAP_ID_VNDR) and there was no way to discover all of them.
This commit adds a new API pci_find_next_capability which provides
this functionality.  It would typically be used like so:

  for (pos = pci_find_capability(pci, PCI_CAP_ID_VNDR);
       pos > 0;
       pos = pci_find_next_capability(pci, pos, PCI_CAP_ID_VNDR)) {
    ...
  }

Signed-off-by: Ladi Prosek <lprosek@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Michael S. Tsirkin <mst@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2016-04-15 17:27:35 +01:00
Michael Brown 5e5450c2d0 [comboot] Support COMBOOT in 64-bit builds
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2016-04-15 15:31:36 +01:00
Suresh Sundriyal 4afb758423 [pool] Fix check for reopenable pooled connections
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2016-04-12 14:18:17 +01:00
Wissam Shoukair 0eea8b5c3b [golan] Add missing iounmap()
Signed-off-by: Wissam Shoukair <wissams@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2016-04-12 13:40:50 +01:00
Wissam Shoukair ffd959a1d6 [mlx_icmd] Fix compilation error in GCC versions newer than 4.6.4
Signed-off-by: Wissam Shoukair <wissams@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2016-04-12 13:38:10 +01:00
Michael Brown 5238c85b62 [efi] Work around broken EFI HII specification
The EFI_HII_CONFIG_ACCESS_PROTOCOL's ExtractConfig() method is passed
a request string which includes the parameters being queried plus an
apparently meaningless blob of information (the ConfigHdr), and is
expected to include this same meaningless blob of information in the
results string.

Neither the specification nor the existing EDK2 code (including the
nominal reference implementation in the DriverSampleDxe driver)
provide any reason for the existence of this meaningless blob of
information.  It appears to be consumed in its entirety by the
EFI_HII_CONFIG_ROUTING_PROTOCOL, and to contain zero bits of
information by the time it reaches an EFI_HII_CONFIG_ACCESS_PROTOCOL
instance.  It would potentially allow for multiple configuration data
sets to be handled by a single EFI_HII_CONFIG_ACCESS_PROTOCOL
instance, in a style alien to the rest of the UEFI specification
(which implicitly assumes that the instance pointer is always
sufficient to uniquely identify the instance).

iPXE currently handles this by simply copying the ConfigHdr from the
request string to the results string, and otherwise ignoring it.  This
approach is also used by some code in EDK2, such as OVMF's PlatformDxe
driver.

As of EDK2 commit 8a45f80 ("MdeModulePkg: Make HII configuration
settings available to OS runtime"), this causes an assertion failure
inside EDK2.  The failure arises when iPXE is handled a NULL request
string, and responds (as per the specification) with a results string
including all settings.  Since there is no meaningless blob to copy
from the request string, there is no corresponding meaningless blob in
the results string.  This now causes an assertion failure in
HiiDatabaseDxe's HiiConfigRoutingExportConfig().

The same failure does not affect the OVMF PlatformDxe driver, which
simply passes the request string to the HII BlockToConfig() utility
function.  The BlockToConfig() function returns EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER
when passed a null request string, and PlatformDxe propagates this
error directly to the caller.

Fix by matching the behaviour of OVMF's PlatformDxe driver: explicitly
return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER if the request string is NULL or empty.
This violates the specification (insofar as it is feasible to
determine what the specification actually requires), but causes
correct behaviour with the EDK2 codebase.

Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2016-04-12 12:24:14 +01:00
Michael Brown cc8824ad4e [libc] Print "<NULL>" for wide-character NULL strings
The existing code intends to print NULL strings as "<NULL>" (for the
sake of debug messages), but the logic is incorrect when handling
wide-character strings.  Fix the logic and add applicable unit tests.

Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2016-04-12 11:53:06 +01:00
Michael Brown 320488d0f9 [test] Update snprintf_ok() to use okx()
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2016-04-12 11:45:58 +01:00
Michael Brown 597521ef53 [qib7322] Validate payload length
There is no way for the hardware to give us an invalid length in the
LRH, since it must have parsed this length field in order to perform
header splitting.  However, this is difficult to prove conclusively.

Add an unnecessary length check to explicitly reject any packets
larger than the posted receive I/O buffer.

Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2016-03-30 07:31:51 +01:00
Michael Brown c9af896314 [linda] Validate payload length
There is no way for the hardware to give us an invalid length in the
LRH, since it must have parsed this length field in order to perform
header splitting.  However, this is difficult to prove conclusively.

Add an unnecessary length check to explicitly reject any packets
larger than the posted receive I/O buffer.

Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2016-03-30 07:27:09 +01:00
Michael Brown 70509e6a03 [netdevice] Return ENOENT for an unknown bus type
It is possible for the preloaded UNDI device to end up with no
specified bus type, since it may not be recognised as either a PCI or
an ISAPnP device.  This will result in a bus type value of zero, which
currently results in NULL being treated as a string pointer by
netdev_fetch_bustype().

Fix by returning ENOENT if an unknown bus type is specified.

Reported-by: Todd Stansell <todd@stansell.org>
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2016-03-29 20:59:30 +01:00
Christian Nilsson ef1c4b1c90 [intel] Add PCI device ID for another I219-V
Signed-off-by: Christian Nilsson <nikize@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2016-03-29 19:53:20 +01:00
Michael Brown 97c3f6e55a [iscsi] Include DHCP server address in iBFT
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2016-03-29 19:38:18 +01:00
Michael Brown f8e1678b84 [crypto] Allow cross-certificate source to be configured at build time
Provide a build option CROSSCERT in config/crypto.h to allow the
default cross-signed certificate source to be configured at build
time.  The ${crosscert} setting may still be used to reconfigure the
cross-signed certificate source at runtime.

Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2016-03-24 19:25:03 +00:00
Michael Brown c4e8c40227 [prefix] Use CRC32 to verify each block prior to decompression
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2016-03-24 16:52:26 +00:00
Christian Hesse 05027a7a12 [golan] Fix build error on some versions of gcc
Some versions of gcc complain that "'__bswap_variable_32' is static
but used in inline function 'golan_check_rc_and_cmd_status' which is
not static".

Fix by making golan_check_rc_and_cmd_status() a static inline.

Modified-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2016-03-23 05:59:44 +00:00
Wissam Shoukair 0a20373a2f [golan] Add Connect-IB, ConnectX-4 and ConnectX-4 Lx (Infiniband) support
Signed-off-by: Wissam Shoukair <wissams@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2016-03-22 17:55:55 +00:00
Michael Brown 3df598849b [pxe] Implicitly open network device in PXENV_UDP_OPEN
Some end-user configurations have been observed in which the first NBP
(such as GRUB2) uses the UNDI API and then transfers control to a
second NBP (such as pxelinux) which uses the UDP API.  The first NBP
closes the network device using PXENV_UNDI_CLOSE, which renders the
UDP API unable to transmit or receive packets.

The correct behaviour under these circumstances is (as often) simply
not documented by the PXE specification.  Testing with the Intel PXE
stack suggests that PXENV_UDP_OPEN will implicitly reopen the network
device if necessary, so match this behaviour.

Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2016-03-22 17:33:21 +00:00
Michael Brown ee3122bc54 [libc] Make sleep() interruptible
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2016-03-22 16:18:42 +00:00
Michael Brown 860d5904fb [arbel] Fix received packet length
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2016-03-22 16:11:58 +00:00
Michael Brown 3ad028cf1c [hermon] Fix received packet length
Debugged-by: Wissam Shoukair <wissams@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2016-03-22 16:09:18 +00:00
Michael Brown 59bae324c0 [etherfabric] Avoid use of sleep() in driver code
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2016-03-22 15:19:25 +00:00
Michael Brown c640b954cd [3c5x9] Avoid use of sleep() in driver code
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2016-03-22 15:14:07 +00:00
Michael Brown c32b07b81b [int13] Allow default drive to be specified via "san-drive" setting
The DHCP option 175.189 has been defined (by us) since 2006 as
containing the drive number to be used for a SAN boot, but has never
been automatically used as such by iPXE.

Use this option (if specified) to override the default SAN drive
number.

Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2016-03-22 09:55:09 +00:00
Michael Brown ab5b3abbba [int13] Allow drive to be hooked using the natural drive number
Interpret the maximum drive number (0xff for hard disks, 0x7f for
floppy disks) as meaning "use natural drive number".

Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2016-03-22 09:55:09 +00:00
Michael Brown 311a5732c8 [gdb] Add support for x86_64
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2016-03-22 08:44:32 +00:00
Michael Brown 1afcccd5fd [build] Do not use "objcopy -O binary" for objects with relocation records
The mbr.bin and usbdisk.bin standalone blobs are currently generated
using "objcopy -O binary", which does not process relocation records.

For the i386 build, this does not matter since the section start
address is zero and so the ".rel" relocation records are effectively
no-ops anyway.

For the x86_64 build, the ".rela" relocation records are not no-ops,
since the addend is included as part of the relocation record (rather
than inline).  Using "objcopy -O binary" will silently discard the
relocation records, with the result that all symbols are effectively
given a value of zero.

Fix by using "ld --oformat binary" instead of "objcopy -O binary" to
generate mbr.bin and usbdisk.bin.

Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2016-03-21 17:49:58 +00:00
Michael Brown 173c0c2536 [infiniband] Allow drivers to override the eIPoIB LEMAC
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2016-03-21 09:30:42 +00:00
Michael Brown 57c63047e3 [arbel] Allocate space for GRH on UD queue pairs
As with the previous commit (for Hermon), allocate a separate ring
buffer to hold received GRHs.

Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2016-03-21 08:55:02 +00:00
Michael Brown e84c917f39 [hermon] Allocate space for GRH on UD queue pairs
The Infiniband specification (volume 1, section 11.4.1.2 "Post Receive
Request") notes that for UD QPs, the GRH will be placed in the first
40 bytes of the receive buffer if present.  (If no GRH is present,
which is normal, then the first 40 bytes of the receive buffer will be
unused.)

Mellanox hardware performs this placement automatically: other headers
will be stripped (and their values returned via the CQE), but the
first 40 bytes of the data buffer will be consumed by the (probably
non-existent) GRH.

This does not fit neatly into iPXE's internal abstraction, which
expects the data buffer to represent just the data payload with the
addresses from the GRH (if present) passed as additional parameters to
ib_complete_recv().

The end result of this discrepancy is that attempts to receive
full-sized 2048-byte IPoIB packets on Mellanox hardware will fail.

Fix by allocating a separate ring buffer to hold the received GRHs.

Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2016-03-21 08:18:15 +00:00
Michael Brown 0141ea3a77 [crypto] Allow trusted certificates to be stored in non-volatile options
The intention of the existing code (as documented in its own comments)
is that it should be possible to override the list of trusted root
certificates using a "trust" setting held in non-volatile stored
options.  However, the rootcert_init() function currently executes
before any devices have been probed, and so will not be able to
retrieve any such non-volatile stored options.

Fix by executing rootcert_init() only after devices have been probed.
Since startup functions may be executed multiple times (unlike
initialisation functions), add an explicit flag to preserve the
property that rootcert_init() should run only once.

As before, if an explicit root of trust is specified at build time,
then any runtime "trust" setting will be ignored.

Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2016-03-20 17:26:09 +00:00
Michael Brown 4a861cc61c [qib7322] Add missing iounmap()
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2016-03-20 14:55:18 +00:00
Michael Brown bea9ee2397 [linda] Add missing iounmap()
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2016-03-20 14:54:08 +00:00
Michael Brown 692324905e [arbel] Add missing iounmap()
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2016-03-20 14:52:01 +00:00
Michael Brown e2cdbd51a8 [hermon] Add missing iounmap()
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2016-03-20 14:46:40 +00:00
Michael Brown 750a2efeb2 [ipoib] Allow external code to identify IPoIB network devices
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2016-03-20 09:22:55 +00:00
Michael Brown ef0297b527 [libc] Allow container_of() to be used on volatile pointers
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2016-03-18 08:18:31 +00:00
Michael Brown 04ef198d2f [efi] Move architecture-independent EFI prefixes to interface/efi
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2016-03-17 14:51:14 +00:00
Michael Brown dbc9e591a5 [test] Move i386-specific tests to arch/i386/tests
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2016-03-17 14:32:00 +00:00
Michael Brown c14971bf88 [xen] Use generic test_and_clear_bit() function
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2016-03-16 22:46:05 +00:00
Michael Brown 9bab13a772 [hyperv] Use generic set_bit() function
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2016-03-16 22:33:41 +00:00
Michael Brown c867b5ab1f [bitops] Add generic atomic bit test, set, and clear functions
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2016-03-16 22:33:40 +00:00
Michael Brown 2246a6b274 [pseudobit] Rename bitops.h to pseudobit.h
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2016-03-16 17:03:33 +00:00
Michael Brown 36fbc3f4bd [build] Remove long-obsolete header file
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2016-03-16 16:53:16 +00:00
Michael Brown 9913a405ea [efi] Provide access to files stored on EFI filesystems
Provide access to local files via the "file://" URI scheme.  There are
three syntaxes:

  - An opaque URI with a relative path (e.g. "file:script.ipxe").
    This will be interpreted as a path relative to the iPXE binary.

  - A hierarchical URI with a non-network absolute path
    (e.g. "file:/boot/script.ipxe").  This will be interpreted as a
    path relative to the root of the filesystem from which the iPXE
    binary was loaded.

  - A hierarchical URI with a network path in which the authority is a
    volume label (e.g. "file://bootdisk/script.ipxe").  This will be
    interpreted as a path relative to the root of the filesystem with
    the specified volume label.

Note that the potentially desirable shell mappings (e.g. "fs0:" and
"blk0:") are concepts internal to the UEFI shell binary, and do not
seem to be exposed in any way to external executables.  The old
EFI_SHELL_PROTOCOL (which did provide access to these mappings) is no
longer installed by current versions of the UEFI shell.

Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2016-03-14 21:11:01 +00:00
Michael Brown 75496817c2 [uri] Support "file:" URIs describing relative paths
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2016-03-14 18:03:13 +00:00
Michael Brown 17c1488a44 [uri] Support URIs containing only scheme and path components
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2016-03-13 14:51:15 +00:00
Michael Brown 11ccfb67fa [efi] Add processor binding headers for ARM and AArch64
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2016-03-13 11:54:33 +00:00
Michael Brown 24415a3eee [efi] Update to current EDK2 headers
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2016-03-13 11:47:30 +00:00
Michael Brown 0d29cf2a4d [build] Accept CROSS= as a synonym for CROSS_COMPILE=
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2016-03-13 11:32:54 +00:00
Michael Brown 1f65ed53da [build] Allow assembler section type character to vary by architecture
On some architectures (such as ARM) the "@" character is used as a
comment delimiter.  A section type argument such as "@progbits"
therefore becomes "%progbits".

This is further complicated by the fact that the "%" character has
special meaning for inline assembly when input or output operands are
used, in which cases "@progbits" becomes "%%progbits".

Allow the section type character(s) to be defined via Makefile
variables.

Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2016-03-13 11:20:53 +00:00
Michael Brown a8037ee131 [efi] Centralise architecture-independent EFI Makefile and linker script
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2016-03-12 21:47:13 +00:00
Michael Brown 86f96a40f4 [tg3] Remove x86-specific inline assembly
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2016-03-12 21:15:43 +00:00
Michael Brown 7e78cdddc8 [3c595] Fix compilation when "char" is unsigned by default
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2016-03-12 18:06:47 +00:00
Michael Brown 3c84178003 [serial] Add missing #include <string.h>
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2016-03-12 18:02:20 +00:00
Michael Brown 9eff4284bd [test] Add missing #include <string.h>
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2016-03-12 17:55:38 +00:00
Michael Brown 4350d26a04 [qib7322] Use standard readq() and writeq() implementations
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2016-03-12 17:51:59 +00:00
Michael Brown 5229662b7f [linda] Use standard readq() and writeq() implementations
This driver is the original source of the current readq() and writeq()
implementations for 32-bit iPXE.  Switch to using the now-centralised
definitions, to avoid including architecture-specific code in an
otherwise architecture-independent driver.

Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2016-03-12 17:42:30 +00:00
Michael Brown cc9f31ee0c [librm] Do not unconditionally preserve flags across virt_call()
Commit 196f0f2 ("[librm] Convert prot_call() to a real-mode near
call") introduced a regression in which any deliberate modification to
the low 16 bits of the CPU flags (in struct i386_all_regs) would be
overwritten with the original flags value at the time of entry to
prot_call().

The regression arose because the alignment requirements of the
protected-mode stack necessitated the insertion of two bytes of
padding immediately below the prot_call() return address.  The
solution chosen was to extend the existing "pushfl / popfl" pair to
"pushfw;pushfl / popfl;popfw".  The extra "pushfw / popfw" appears at
first glance to be a no-op, but fails to take into account the fact
that the flags restored by popfl may have been deliberately modified
by the protected-mode function.

Fix by replacing "pushfw / popfw" with "pushw %ss / popw %ss".  While
%ss does appear within struct i386_all_regs, any modification to the
stored value has always been ignored by prot_call() anyway.

The most visible symptom of this regression was that SAN booting would
fail since every INT 13 call would be chained to the original INT 13
vector.

Reported-by: Vishvananda Ishaya <vishvananda@gmail.com>
Reported-by: Jamie Thompson <forum.ipxe@jamie-thompson.co.uk>
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2016-03-12 12:39:17 +00:00
Michael Brown 64acfd9ddd [arp] Validate length of ARP packet
There is no practical way to generate an underlength ARP packet since
an ARP packet is always padded up to the minimum Ethernet frame length
(or dropped by the receiving Ethernet hardware if incorrectly padded),
but the absence of an explicit check causes warnings from some
analysis tools.

Fix by adding an explicit check on the I/O buffer length.

Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2016-03-12 01:24:03 +00:00
Michael Brown 11396473f5 [pixbuf] Check for unsigned integer overflow on multiplication
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2016-03-12 00:09:23 +00:00
Michael Brown 5a6ed90a00 [crypto] Allow for zero-length ASN.1 cursors
The assumption in asn1_type() that an ASN.1 cursor will always contain
a type byte is incorrect.  A cursor that has been cleanly invalidated
via asn1_invalidate_cursor() will contain a type byte, but there are
other ways in which to arrive at a zero-length cursor.

Fix by explicitly checking the cursor length in asn1_type().  This
allows asn1_invalidate_cursor() to be reduced to simply zeroing the
length field.

Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2016-03-11 16:58:51 +00:00
Michael Brown 05dcb07cb2 [tls] Avoid potential out-of-bound reads in length fields
Many TLS records contain variable-length fields.  We currently
validate the overall record length, but do so only after reading the
length of the variable-length field.  If the record is too short to
even contain the length field, then we may read uninitialised data
from beyond the end of the record.

This is harmless in practice (since the subsequent overall record
length check would fail regardless of the value read from the
uninitialised length field), but causes warnings from some analysis
tools.

Fix by validating that the overall record length is sufficient to
contain the length field before reading from the length field.

Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2016-03-11 16:09:40 +00:00
Michael Brown e303a6b387 [efi] Work around broken GetFontInfo() implementations
Several UEFI platforms are known to return EFI_NOT_FOUND when asked to
retrieve the system default font information via GetFontInfo().  Work
around these broken platforms by iterating over the glyphs to find the
maximum height used by a printable character.

Originally-fixed-by: Jonathan Dieter <jdieter@lesbg.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2016-03-10 18:09:59 +00:00
Michael Brown e44f6dcb89 [xsigo] Add support for Xsigo virtual Ethernet (XVE) EoIB devices
Add support for EoIB devices as implemented by Xsigo.  Based on the
public (but out-of-tree) Linux kernel drivers at

  https://oss.oracle.com/git/?p=linux-uek.git;a=log;h=v4.1.12-32.2.1

Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2016-03-09 08:46:24 +00:00
Michael Brown 3144e4fb64 [eoib] Support non-FullMember gateway devices
Some EoIB implementations utilise an EoIB-to-Ethernet gateway device
that does not perform a FullMember join to the multicast group for the
EoIB broadcast domain.  This has various exciting side-effects, such
as requiring every EoIB node to send every broadcast packet twice.

As an added bonus, the gateway may also break the EoIB MAC address to
GID mapping protocol by sending Ethernet-sourced packets from the
wrong QPN.

Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2016-03-09 08:43:40 +00:00
Michael Brown 1a9ed68cbb [eoib] Allow the multicast group to be forcefully created
Some EoIB implementations require each individual EoIB node to create
the multicast group for the EoIB broadcast domain.

It is left as an exercise for the interested reader to determine how
such an implementation might ever allow the parameters of such a
multicast group to be changed without requiring a simultaneous upgrade
of every driver on every operating system on every machine currently
attached to the fabric.

Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2016-03-09 08:43:40 +00:00
Michael Brown ecd93cfc11 [eoib] Silently ignore EoIB heartbeat packets
Some EoIB implementations transmit a vendor-proprietary heartbeat
packet on the same multicast group used to provide the EoIB broadcast
domain.

Silently ignore these heartbeat packets, to avoid cluttering up the
network interface error statistics.

Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2016-03-09 08:43:40 +00:00
Michael Brown 9154d7a65c [eoib] Add Ethernet over Infiniband (EoIB) driver
EoIB is a fairly simple protocol in which raw Ethernet frames
(excluding the CRC) are encapsulated within Infiniband Unreliable
Datagrams, with a four-byte fixed EoIB header (which conveys no actual
information).  The Ethernet broadcast domain is provided by a
multicast group, similar to the IPoIB IPv4 multicast group.

The mapping from Ethernet MAC addresses to Infiniband address vectors
is achieved by snooping incoming traffic and building a peer cache
which can then be used to map a MAC address into a port GID.  The
address vector is completed using a path record lookup, as for IPoIB.
Note that this requires every packet to include a GRH.

Add basic support for EoIB devices.  This driver is substantially
derived from the IPoIB driver.  There is currently no mechanism for
automatically creating EoIB devices.

Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2016-03-09 08:43:40 +00:00
Michael Brown 5bcaa1e4d4 [infiniband] Make IPoIB support configurable at build time
Add a build configuration option VNIC_IPOIB to control whether or not
IPoIB support is included for Infiniband devices.

Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2016-03-09 08:43:40 +00:00
Michael Brown 8290a10aba [ifmgmt] Include human-readable error message for configuration failure
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2016-03-08 17:45:30 +00:00
Michael Brown 9939b704f1 [ipoib] Increase number of transmit work queue entries
Avoid running out of transmit work queue entries under heavy load.

Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2016-03-08 17:44:28 +00:00
Michael Brown b5aa51ac62 [ipoib] Resimplify test for received broadcast packets
Commit e62e52b ("[ipoib] Simplify test for received broadcast
packets") relies upon the multicast LID being present in the
destination address vector as passed to ipoib_complete_recv().
Unfortunately, this information is not present in many Infiniband
devices' completion queue entries.

Fix by testing instead for the presence of a multicast GID.

Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2016-03-08 17:43:26 +00:00
Michael Brown 076d772648 [infiniband] Retrieve GID flag from cached path entries
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2016-03-08 17:40:52 +00:00
Michael Brown 299fdabe48 [infiniband] Add "ibstat" command
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2016-03-08 17:38:06 +00:00
Michael Brown 6a3ffa0114 [infiniband] Assign names to queue pairs
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2016-03-08 15:51:53 +00:00
Michael Brown 174bf6b569 [infiniband] Assign names to CMRC connections
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2016-03-08 15:51:19 +00:00
Michael Brown d3db00ecf9 [pcbios] Restrict external memory allocations to the low 4GB
When running the 64-bit BIOS version of iPXE, restrict external memory
allocations to the low 4GB to ensure that allocations (such as for
initrds) fall within our identity-mapped memory region, and will be
accessible to the potentially 32-bit operating system.

Move largest_memblock() back to memtop_umalloc.c, since this change
imposes a restriction that applies only to BIOS builds.

Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2016-03-08 13:25:09 +00:00
Michael Brown 5a7fd2cc90 [infiniband] Allow for the creation of multicast groups
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2016-03-08 12:23:30 +00:00
Michael Brown e62e52b2b9 [ipoib] Simplify test for received broadcast packets
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2016-03-08 12:23:30 +00:00
Michael Brown ffdf8ea757 [ipoib] Avoid unnecessary path record lookup for broadcast address
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2016-03-08 12:23:30 +00:00
Michael Brown 14ad9cbd67 [infiniband] Parse MLID, rate, and SL from multicast membership record
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2016-03-08 12:23:30 +00:00
Michael Brown c335f8eae4 [infiniband] Record multicast GID attachment as part of group membership
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2016-03-08 12:23:30 +00:00
Michael Brown 114a2f19a6 [infiniband] Do not use GRH for local paths
Avoid including an unnecessary GRH in packets sent to unicast
destinations within the local subnet.

Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2016-03-08 12:23:24 +00:00
Michael Brown bd1687465c [infiniband] Use correct transaction identifier in CM responses
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2016-03-08 12:08:58 +00:00
Michael Brown 8336186564 [infiniband] Use connection's local ID as debug message identifier
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2016-03-08 12:08:58 +00:00
Michael Brown 36c4779356 [infiniband] Use "%d" as format specifier for LIDs
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2016-03-08 12:08:58 +00:00
Michael Brown 7aef4d4c94 [infiniband] Use "%#lx" as format specifier for queue pair numbers
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2016-03-08 12:08:58 +00:00
Michael Brown d7794dcac7 [infiniband] Assign names to Infiniband devices for debug messages
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2016-03-08 12:08:58 +00:00
Michael Brown ff13eeb747 [infiniband] Add support for performing service record lookups
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2016-03-08 12:08:58 +00:00
Michael Brown 7544763626 [infiniband] Avoid multiple calls to ib_cmrc_shutdown()
When a CMRC connection is closed, the deferred shutdown process calls
ib_destroy_qp().  This will cause the receive work queue entries to
complete in error (since they are being cancelled), which will in turn
reschedule the deferred shutdown process.  This eventually leads to
ib_destroy_conn() being called on a connection that has already been
freed.

Fix by explicitly cancelling any pending shutdown process after the
shutdown process has completed.

Ironically, this almost exactly reverts commit 019d4c1 ("[infiniband]
Use a one-shot process for CMRC shutdown"); prior to the introduction
of one-shot processes the only way to achieve a one-shot process was
for the process to cancel itself.

Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2016-03-08 12:07:03 +00:00
Michael Brown 60e205a551 [infiniband] Remove concept of whole-device owner data
Remove the implicit assumption that the IPoIB protocol owns the whole
Infiniband device.

Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2016-03-07 21:04:40 +00:00
Michael Brown fcf3b03544 [netdevice] Refuse to create duplicate network device names
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2016-03-07 21:04:40 +00:00
Michael Brown 99b5216b1c [librm] Support ioremap() for addresses above 4GB in a 64-bit build
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2016-02-26 15:34:28 +00:00
Michael Brown 5bd8427d3d [ioapi] Split ioremap() out to a separate IOMAP API
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2016-02-26 15:33:40 +00:00
Michael Brown 6143057430 [librm] Add support for running in 64-bit long mode
Add support for running the BIOS version of iPXE in 64-bit long mode.
A 64-bit BIOS version of iPXE can be built using e.g.

  make bin-x86_64-pcbios/ipxe.usb
  make bin-x86_64-pcbios/8086100e.mrom

The 64-bit BIOS version should appear to function identically to the
normal 32-bit BIOS version.  The physical memory layout is unaltered:
iPXE is still relocated to the top of the available 32-bit address
space.  The code is linked to a virtual address of 0xffffffffeb000000
(in the negative 2GB as required by -mcmodel=kernel), with 4kB pages
created to cover the whole of .textdata.  2MB pages are created to
cover the whole of the 32-bit address space.

The 32-bit portions of the code run with VIRTUAL_CS and VIRTUAL_DS
configured such that truncating a 64-bit virtual address gives a
32-bit virtual address pointing to the same physical location.

The stack pointer remains as a physical address when running in long
mode (although the .stack section is accessible via the negative 2GB
virtual address); this is done in order to simplify the handling of
interrupts occurring while executing a portion of 32-bit code with
flat physical addressing via PHYS_CODE().

Interrupts may be enabled in either 64-bit long mode, 32-bit protected
mode with virtual addresses, 32-bit protected mode with physical
addresses, or 16-bit real mode.  Interrupts occurring in any mode
other than real mode will be reflected down to real mode and handled
by whichever ISR is hooked into the BIOS interrupt vector table.

Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2016-02-24 03:10:12 +00:00
Michael Brown e2cf3138f0 [librm] Rename prot_call() to virt_call()
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2016-02-22 00:50:32 +00:00
Michael Brown 4c1f2486e6 [librm] Support userptr_t in 64-bit builds
In a 64-bit build, the entirety of the 32-bit address space is
identity-mapped and so any valid physical address may immediately be
used as a virtual address.  Conversely, a virtual address that is
already within the 32-bit address space may immediately be used as a
physical address.

A valid virtual address that lies outside the 32-bit address space
must be an address within .textdata, and so can be converted to a
physical address by adding virt_offset.

Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2016-02-21 11:37:37 +00:00
Michael Brown b6ebafe1bb [librm] Mark virt_offset, text16, data16, rm_cs, and rm_ds as constant
The physical locations of .textdata, .text16 and .data16 are constant
from the point of view of C code.  Mark the relevant variables as
constant to allow gcc to optimise out redundant reads.

Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2016-02-21 11:13:04 +00:00
Michael Brown 5fbfe50ccb [librm] Do not preserve flags unnecessarily
No callers of prot_to_phys, phys_to_prot, or intr_to_prot require the
flags to be preserved.  Remove the unnecessary pushfl/popfl pairs.

Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2016-02-21 01:01:28 +00:00
Michael Brown ea203e4fe1 [librm] Add phys_call() wrapper for calling code with physical addressing
Add a phys_call() wrapper function (analogous to the existing
real_call() wrapper function) for calling code with flat physical
addressing, and use this wrapper within the PHYS_CODE() macro.

Move the relevant functionality inside librm.S, where it more
naturally belongs.

The COMBOOT code currently uses explicit calls to _virt_to_phys and
_phys_to_virt.  These will need to be rewritten if our COMBOOT support
is ever generalised to be able to run in a 64-bit build.
Specifically:

  - com32_exec_loop() should be restructured to use PHYS_CODE()

  - com32_wrapper.S should be restructured to use an equivalent of
    prot_call(), passing parameters via a struct i386_all_regs

  - there appears to be no need for com32_wrapper.S to switch between
    external and internal stacks; this could be omitted to simplify
    the design.

For now, librm.S continues to expose _virt_to_phys and _phys_to_virt
for use by com32.c and com32_wrapper.S.  Similarly, librm.S continues
to expose _intr_to_virt for use by gdbidt.S.

Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2016-02-20 23:09:36 +00:00
Michael Brown a4923354e3 [build] Fix building on older versions of binutils
Some older versions of binutils have issues with both the use of
PROVIDE() and the interpretation of numeric literals within a section
description.

Work around these older versions by defining the required numeric
literals outside of any section description, and by automatically
determining whether or not to generate extra space for page tables
rather than relying on LDFLAGS.

Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2016-02-19 20:03:30 +00:00
Michael Brown 163f8acba0 [librm] Generate page tables for 64-bit builds
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2016-02-19 03:21:38 +00:00
Michael Brown d1562c38a6 [librm] Prepare for long-mode memory map
The bulk of the iPXE binary (the .textdata section) is physically
relocated at runtime to the top of the 32-bit address space in order
to allow space for an OS to be loaded.  The relocation is achieved
with the assistance of segmentation: we adjust the code and data
segment bases so that the link-time addresses remain valid.

Segmentation is not available (for normal code and data segments) in
long mode.  We choose to compile the C code with -mcmodel=kernel and
use a link-time address of 0xffffffffeb000000.  This choice allows us
to identity-map the entirety of the 32-bit address space, and to alias
our chosen link-time address to the physical location of our .textdata
section.  (This requires the .textdata section to always be aligned to
a page boundary.)

We simultaneously choose to set the 32-bit virtual address segment
bases such that the link-time addresses may simply be truncated to 32
bits in order to generate a valid 32-bit virtual address.  This allows
symbols in .textdata to be trivially accessed by both 32-bit and
64-bit code.

There is no (sensible) way in 32-bit assembly code to generate the
required R_X86_64_32S relocation records for these truncated symbols.
However, subtracting the fixed constant 0xffffffff00000000 has the
same effect as truncation, and can be represented in a standard
R_X86_64_32 relocation record.  We define the VIRTUAL() macro to
abstract away this truncation operation, and apply it to all
references by 32-bit (or 16-bit) assembly code to any symbols within
the .textdata section.

We define "virt_offset" for a 64-bit build as "the value to be added
to an address within .textdata in order to obtain its physical
address".  With this definition, the low 32 bits of "virt_offset" can
be treated by 32-bit code as functionally equivalent to "virt_offset"
in a 32-bit build.

We define "text16" and "data16" for a 64-bit build as the physical
addresses of the .text16 and .data16 sections.  Since a physical
address within the 32-bit address space may be used directly as a
64-bit virtual address (thanks to the identity map), this definition
provides the most natural access to variables in .text16 and .data16.
Note that this requires a minor adjustment in prot_to_real(), which
accesses .text16 using 32-bit virtual addresses.

Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2016-02-19 02:58:09 +00:00
Michael Brown bfe6e3e90e [relocate] Preserve page alignment during relocation
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2016-02-19 02:39:56 +00:00
Michael Brown 6eb1c927a3 [librm] Transition to protected mode within init_librm()
Long-mode operation will require page tables, which are too large to
sensibly fit in our .data16 segment in base memory.

Add a portion of init_librm() running in 32-bit protected mode to
provide access to high memory.  Use this portion of init_librm() to
initialise the .textdata variables "virt_offset", "text16", and
"data16", eliminating the redundant (re)initialisation currently
performed on every mode transition as part of real_to_prot().

Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2016-02-19 01:01:27 +00:00
Michael Brown 31b5c2e753 [librm] Provide an abstraction wrapper for prot_call
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2016-02-18 23:23:38 +00:00
Michael Brown 196f0f2551 [librm] Convert prot_call() to a real-mode near call
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2016-02-18 17:12:16 +00:00
Michael Brown df2509db95 [prefix] Standardise calls to prot_call()
Use the standard "pushl $function ; pushw %cs ; call prot_call"
sequence everywhere that prot_call() is used.

Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2016-02-18 16:42:33 +00:00
Michael Brown adac4b1984 [librm] Simplify definitions for prot_call() and real_call() stack frames
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2016-02-18 16:41:48 +00:00
Michael Brown 02a88b7489 [prefix] Use garbage-collectable section names
Allow unused sections of libprefix.o to be removed via --gc-sections.

Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2016-02-18 16:03:47 +00:00
Michael Brown f0ea1f4d77 [bios] Use an 8kB stack for x86_64
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2016-02-18 15:56:41 +00:00
Michael Brown b1436e0b83 [librm] Use garbage-collectable section names
Allow unused sections of librm.o to be removed via --gc-sections.

Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2016-02-18 15:43:33 +00:00
Michael Brown a3b4d6328c [bios] Make uses of REAL_CODE() and PHYS_CODE() 64-bit clean
On a 64-bit CPU, any modification of a register by 32-bit or 16-bit
code will destroy the invisible upper 32 bits of the corresponding
64-bit register.  For example: a 32-bit "pushl %eax" followed by a
"popl %eax" will zero the upper half of %rax.  This differs from the
treatment of upper halves of 32-bit registers by 16-bit code: a
"pushw %ax" followed by a "popw %ax" will leave the upper 16 bits of
%eax unmodified.

Inline assembly generated using REAL_CODE() or PHYS_CODE() will
therefore have to preserve the upper halves of all registers, to avoid
clobbering registers that gcc expects to be preserved.

Output operands from REAL_CODE() and PHYS_CODE() assembly may
therefore contain undefined values in the upper 32 bits.

Fix by using explicit variable widths (e.g. uint32_t) for
non-discarded output operands, to ensure that undefined values in the
upper 32 bits of 64-bit registers are ignored.

Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2016-02-18 15:12:51 +00:00
Michael Brown 4e4727079b [romprefix] Align PMM temporary decompression area to a page boundary
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2016-02-18 13:37:36 +00:00
Michael Brown a4f5c4647e [prefix] Align INT 15,88 temporary decompression area to a page boundary
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2016-02-18 13:27:47 +00:00
Michael Brown 079b98b63a [librm] Discard argument as part of return from real_call()
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2016-02-16 23:37:46 +00:00
Michael Brown 9dc340d735 [librm] Discard argument as part of return from prot_call()
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2016-02-16 23:16:49 +00:00
Michael Brown f468f12b1e [bios] Add bin-x86_64-pcbios build platform
Move most arch/i386 files to arch/x86, and adjust the contents of the
Makefiles and the include/bits/*.h headers to reflect the new
locations.

This patch makes no substantive code changes, as can be seen using a
rename-aware diff (e.g. "git show -M5").

This patch does not make the pcbios platform functional for x86_64; it
merely allows it to compile without errors.

Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2016-02-16 19:32:32 +00:00
Michael Brown 43515f9f1a [bios] Move isolinux definitions to Makefile.pcbios
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2016-02-16 19:32:32 +00:00
Michael Brown 1a457e933a [bios] Allow librm to be compiled for x86_64
This commit does not make librm functional for x86_64; it merely
allows it to compile without errors.

Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2016-02-16 19:32:32 +00:00
Michael Brown 8819a34c0e [bios] Allow memmap.c to be compiled for x86_64
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2016-02-16 19:32:32 +00:00
Michael Brown 7691e5eedb [bios] Allow bios_console.c to be compiled for x86_64
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2016-02-16 19:32:32 +00:00
Michael Brown 4d224c95d4 [bios] Allow bzimage.c to be compiled for x86_64
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2016-02-16 19:32:32 +00:00
Michael Brown 9c58ba2cd7 [bios] Allow rtc_entropy.c to be compiled for x86_64
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2016-02-16 19:32:32 +00:00
Michael Brown 44e05b0ffc [bios] Allow relocate.c to be compiled for x86_64
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2016-02-16 19:32:32 +00:00
Michael Brown 9f79f5f1a5 [bios] Use size_t when casting _text16_memsz and _data16_memsz
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2016-02-16 19:32:32 +00:00
Michael Brown 15fadab533 [bios] Use intptr_t when casting .text16 function pointers
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2016-02-16 19:32:32 +00:00
Michael Brown b9c4c2676b [libc] Split rmsetjmp() and rmlongjmp() into a separate rmsetjmp.h
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2016-02-16 16:06:25 +00:00
Michael Brown 7ecfe7159f [prefix] Pad .text16 and .data16 segment sizes at build time
Commit c64747d ("[librm] Speed up real-to-protected mode transition
under KVM") rounded down the .text16 segment address calculated in
alloc_basemem() to a multiple of 64 bytes in order to speed up mode
transitions under KVM.

This creates a potential discrepancy between alloc_basemem() and
free_basemem(), meaning that free_basemem() may free less memory than
was allocated by alloc_basemem().

Fix by padding the calculated sizes of both .text16 and .data16 to a
multiple of 64 bytes at build time.

Debugged-by: Yossef Efraim <yossefe@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2016-02-12 14:04:51 +00:00
Mika Tiainen 0588c03772 [intel] Add INTEL_NO_PHY_RST for another I218-LM variant
Fixed booting on HP EliteBook 820 G2 laptop.

Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2016-02-12 13:23:44 +00:00
Michael Brown 1ae9adee42 [efi] Add missing definitions for function key scancodes
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2016-02-12 13:08:52 +00:00
Michael Brown 6de378aae8 [pxe] Clarify comments regarding shrinking of cached DHCP packet
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2016-02-11 19:14:00 +00:00
Michael Brown 12b3b57886 [iobuf] Improve robustness of I/O buffer allocation
Guard against various corner cases (such as zero-length buffers, zero
alignments, and integer overflow when rounding up allocation lengths
and alignments) and ensure that the struct io_buffer is correctly
aligned even when the caller requests a non-zero alignment for the I/O
buffer itself.

Add self-tests to verify that the resulting alignments and lengths are
correct for a range of allocations.

Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2016-02-11 19:04:23 +00:00
Michael Brown e2b1140486 [malloc] Guard against unsigned integer overflow
Commit f3fbb5f ("[malloc] Avoid integer overflow for excessively large
memory allocations") fixed signed integer overflow issues caused by
the use of ssize_t, but did not guard against unsigned integer
overflow.

Add explicit checks for unsigned integer overflow where needed.  As a
side bonus, erroneous calls to malloc_dma() with an (illegal) size of
zero will now fail cleanly.

Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2016-02-06 10:47:45 +00:00
Michael Brown 17a200257a [ehci] Add extra debugging information
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2016-02-05 21:03:17 +00:00
Michael Brown d0bfd830e4 [ath9k] Remove broken ath_rxbuf_alloc()
ath_rx_init() demonstrates some serious confusion over how to use
pointers, resulting in (uint32_t*)NULL being used as a temporary
variable.  This does not end well.

The broken code in question is performing manual alignment of I/O
buffers, which can now be achieved more simply using alloc_iob_raw().
Fix by removing ath_rxbuf_alloc() entirely.

Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2016-01-28 14:24:24 +00:00
Michael Brown 4ddd3d99c3 [slam] Avoid potential division by zero
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2016-01-27 23:27:47 +00:00
Michael Brown fef8e34b6f [tcp] Guard against malformed TCP options
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2016-01-27 23:06:50 +00:00
Hummel Frank 6366fa7af6 [intel] Add INTEL_NO_PHY_RST for I218-LM
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2016-01-27 13:07:42 +00:00
Michael Brown e55ec845e6 [uri] Apply URI decoding for all parsed URIs
The various early-exit paths in parse_uri() accidentally bypass the
URI field decoding.  The result is that opaque or relative URIs do not
undergo URI field decoding, resulting in double-encoding when the URIs
are subsequently used.  For example:

  #!ipxe
  set mac ${macstring}
  imgfetch /boot/by-mac/${mac:uristring}

would result in an HTTP GET such as

  GET /boot/by-mac/00%253A0c%253A29%253Ac5%253A39%253Aa1 HTTP/1.1

rather than the expected

  GET /boot/by-mac/00%3A0c%3A29%3Ac5%3A39%3Aa1 HTTP/1.1

Fix by ensuring that URI decoding is always applied regardless of the
URI format.

Reported-by: Andrew Widdersheim <awiddersheim@inetu.net>
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2016-01-26 16:16:13 +00:00
Michael Brown f0e9e55442 [tftp] Mangle initial slash on TFTP URIs
TFTP URIs are intrinsically problematic, since:

- TFTP servers may use either normal slashes or backslashes as a
  directory separator,

- TFTP servers allow filenames to be specified using relative paths
  (with no initial directory separator),

- TFTP filenames present in a DHCP filename field may use special
  characters such as "?" or "#" that prevent parsing as a generic URI.

As of commit 7667536 ("[uri] Refactor URI parsing and formatting"), we
have directly constructed TFTP URIs from DHCP next-server and filename
pairs, avoiding the generic URI parser.  This eliminated the problems
related to special characters, but indirectly made it impossible to
parse a "tftp://..." URI string into a TFTP URI with a non-absolute
path.

Re-introduce the convention of requiring an extra slash in a
"tftp://..." URI string in order to specify a TFTP URI with an initial
slash in the filename.  For example:

  tftp://192.168.0.1/boot/pxelinux.0  => RRQ "boot/pxelinux.0"
  tftp://192.168.0.1//boot/pxelinux.0 => RRQ "/boot/pxelinux.0"

This is ugly, but there seems to be no other sensible way to provide
the ability to specify all possible TFTP filenames.

A side-effect of this change is that format_uri() will no longer add a
spurious initial "/" when formatting a relative URI string.  This
improves the console output when fetching an image specified via a
relative URI.

Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2016-01-21 18:00:33 +00:00
Michael Brown 42c2a6aab7 [ocsp] Avoid including a double path separator in request URI
The OCSP responder URI included within an X.509 certificate may or may
not include a trailing slash.  We currently rely on the fact that
format_uri() incorrectly inserts an initial slash, which we include
unconditionally within the OCSP request URI.

Switch to using uri_encode() directly, and insert a slash only if the
X.509 certificate's OCSP responder URI does not already include a
trailing slash.

Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2016-01-21 17:50:34 +00:00
Michael Brown 295ad11367 [uri] Avoid potentially large stack allocation
Avoid potentially large stack allocation in resolve_path().

Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2016-01-21 15:53:44 +00:00
Michael Brown 3c26ffafce [autoboot] Fix incorrect boolean logic
Commit 53d2d9e ("[uri] Generalise tftp_uri() to pxe_uri()") introduced
a regression in which an NFS root path would no longer be treated as
an unsupported root path, causing a boot with an NFS root path to fail
with a "Could not open SAN device" error.

Reported-by: David Evans <dave.evans55@googlemail.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2016-01-19 08:16:17 +00:00
Michael Brown 207edc4615 [smsc95xx] Reserve headroom in received packets
Some protocols (such as ARP) may modify the received packet and re-use
the same I/O buffer for transmission of a reply.  The SMSC95XX
transmit header is larger than the receive header: the re-used I/O
buffer therefore does not have sufficient headroom for the transmit
header, and the ARP reply will therefore fail to be transmitted.  This
is essentially the same problem as in commit 2e72d10 ("[ncm] Reserve
headroom in received packets").

Fix by reserving sufficient space at the start of each received packet
to allow for the difference between the lengths of the transmit and
receive headers.

This problem is not caught by the current driver development test
suite (documented at http://ipxe.org/dev/driver), since even the large
file transfer tests tend to completely sufficiently quickly that there
is no need for the server to ever send an ARP request.  The failure
shows up only when using a very slow protocol such as RFC7440-enhanced
TFTP (as used by Windows Deployment Services).

Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2016-01-19 00:23:06 +00:00
Michael Brown 71b83a6d00 [usb] Allow USB endpoints to specify a reserved header length for refills
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2016-01-19 00:01:11 +00:00
Michael Brown 8dc23d9b83 [smsc95xx] Enable LEDs
The LED pins are configured by default as GPIO inputs.  While it is
conceivable that a board might actually use these pins as GPIOs, no
such board is known to exist.

The Linux smsc95xx driver configures these pins unconditionally as LED
outputs.  Assume that it is safe to do likewise.

Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2016-01-18 21:46:09 +00:00
Andrew Widdersheim 3fd81799ba [netdevice] Add "ifname" setting
Expose the network interface name (e.g. "net0") as a setting.  This
allows a script to obtain the name of the most recently opened network
interface via ${netX/ifname}.

Signed-off-by: Andrew Widdersheim <amwiddersheim@gmail.com>
Modified-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2016-01-18 08:50:44 +00:00
Michael Brown cc252605ce [build] Add named configuration for public cloud environments
Add a named CONFIG=cloud configuration, which enables console types
useful for obtaining output from virtual machines in public clouds
such as AWS EC2.

An image suitable for use in AWS EC2 can be built using

  make bin/ipxe.usb CONFIG=cloud EMBED=config/cloud/aws.ipxe

The embedded script will direct iPXE to download and execute the EC2
"user-data" file, which is always available to an EC2 VM via the URI
http://169.254.169.254/latest/user-data (regardless of the VPC
networking settings).  The boot can therefore be controlled by
modifying the per-instance user data, without having to modify the
boot disk image.

Console output can be obtained via syslog (with a syslog server
configured in the user-data script), via the AWS "System Log" (after
the instance has been stopped), or as a last resort from the log
partition on the boot disk.

Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2016-01-18 08:37:27 +00:00
Michael Brown 8af8886d0a [stp] Fix incorrectly disambiguated errors
The three nominally-disambiguated ENOTSUP errors accidentally all used
the same error disambiguator, rendering them identical.  Fix by
changing all three values.  We avoid reusing the 0x01 disambiguator
value, since that remains ambiguous in older binaries.

Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2016-01-14 12:39:35 +00:00
Michael Brown 47dcd392dc [debug] Allow debug colourisation to be disabled
Some BIOS console redirection capabilities do not work well with the
colourised debug messages used by iPXE.  We already allow the range of
colours to be controlled via the DBGCOL=... build parameter.  Extend
this syntax to allow DBGCOL=0 to be used to mean "disable colours".

Requested-by: Wissam Shoukair <wissams@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2016-01-12 15:39:14 +00:00
Michael Brown 83c8f2e8e3 [i386] Add check_bios_interrupts() debug function
Provide a debug function check_bios_interrupts() to look for changes
to the interrupt vector table.  This can be useful when investigating
the behaviour (including crashes) of external PXE NBPs.

Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2016-01-12 08:27:59 +00:00
Michael Brown 7d48affec2 [pxe] Add debug message to display real-mode segment addresses
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2016-01-11 16:22:16 +00:00
Michael Brown 07e14bfb8a [pxe] Colourise debug output
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2016-01-11 16:20:05 +00:00
Michael Brown 7c6858e95d [infiniband] Profile post work queue entry operations
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2016-01-10 15:44:00 +00:00
Michael Brown 0af0888832 [tftp] Do not change current working URI when TFTP server is cleared
For historical reasons, iPXE sets the current working URI to the root
of the TFTP server whenever the TFTP server address is changed.  This
was originally implemented in the hope of allowing a DHCP-provided
TFTP filename to be treated simply as a relative URI.  This usage
turns out to be impractical since DHCP-provided TFTP filenames may
include characters which would have special significance to the URI
parser, and so the DHCP next-server+filename combination is now
handled by the dedicated pxe_uri() function instead.

The practice of setting the current working URI to the root of the
TFTP server is potentially helpful for interactive uses of iPXE,
allowing a user to type e.g.

  iPXE> dhcp
  Configuring (net0 52:54:00:12:34:56)... ok
  iPXE> chain pxelinux.0

and have the URI "pxelinux.0" interpreted as being relative to the
root of the TFTP server provided via DHCP.

The current implementation of tftp_apply_settings() has an unintended
flaw.  When the "dhcp" command is used to renew a DHCP lease (or to
pick up potentially modified DHCP options), the old settings block
will be unregistered before the new settings block is registered.
This causes tftp_apply_settings() to believe that the TFTP server has
been changed twice (to 0.0.0.0 and back again), and so the current
working URI will always be set to the root of the TFTP server, even if
the DHCP response provides exactly the same TFTP server as previously.

Fix by doing nothing in tftp_apply_settings() whenever there is no
TFTP server address.

Debugged-by: Andrew Widdersheim <awiddersheim@inetu.net>
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2016-01-09 14:51:21 +00:00
Michael Brown a8bef53908 [downloader] Update image URI in response to a redirection
Update the image's recorded URI when a download redirection occurs.
This ensures that URIs relative to a redirected download are resolved
correctly.

In particular, this allows for the use of relative URIs in scripts
that are themselves downloaded via a redirection, such as the HTTP 301
redirection used to fix up URIs pointing to directories but omitting
the trailing slash (e.g. "http://boot.ipxe.org/demo", which will be
redirected to "http://boot.ipxe.org/demo/").

Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2016-01-09 13:30:42 +00:00
Michael Brown 57fa0db03f [image] Provide image_set_uri() to modify an image's URI
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2016-01-09 13:22:37 +00:00
Michael Brown 74c812a68c [http] Handle relative redirection URIs
Resolve redirection URIs as being relative to the original HTTP
request URI, rather than treating them as being implicitly relative to
the current working URI.

Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2016-01-09 13:20:55 +00:00
Michael Brown 2f861d736f [usb] Add support for numeric keypad on USB keyboards
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2016-01-06 18:55:08 +00:00
Michael Brown 173c48a57e [romprefix] Report an optimistic runtime size estimate
Commit 5de45cd ("[romprefix] Report a pessimistic runtime size
estimate") set the PCI3.0 "runtime size" field equal to the worst-case
runtime size, on the basis that there is no guarantee that PMM
allocation will succeed and hence no guarantee that we will be able to
shrink the ROM image.

On a PCI3.0 system where PMM allocation would succeed, this can cause
the BIOS to unnecessarily refuse to initialise the iPXE ROM due to a
perceived shortage of option ROM space.

Fix by reporting the best-case runtime size via the PCI header, and
checking that we have sufficient runtime space (if applicable).  This
allows iPXE ROMs to initialise on PCI3.0 systems that might otherwise
fail due to a shortage of option ROM space.

This may cause iPXE ROMs to fail to initialise on PCI3.0 systems where
PMM is broken.  (Pre-PCI3.0 systems are unaffected since there must
already have been sufficient option ROM space available for the
initialisation entry point to be called.)

On balance, it seems preferable to avoid breaking "good" systems
(PCI3.0 with working PMM) at the cost of potentially breaking "bad"
systems (PCI3.0 with broken PMM).

Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2016-01-06 00:30:23 +00:00
Michael Brown dd485992dc [vmware] Expose GuestRPC mechanism in 64-bit builds
The GuestRPC mechanism (used for VMWARE_SETTINGS and CONSOLE_VMWARE)
does not use any real-mode code and so can be exposed in both 64-bit
and 32-bit builds.

Reported-by: Matthew Helton <mwhelton@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2016-01-05 17:20:36 +00:00
Michael Brown 29cb090f98 [crypto] Dual-license more selected DRBG files
Allow the use of the iPXE DRBG implementation in BSD-licensed
projects.

Requested-by: Sean Davis <dive@hq.endersgame.net>
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2016-01-04 15:39:07 +00:00
Michael Brown ae8dfd74c0 [smsc95xx] Fetch MAC from SMBIOS OEM string for Honeywell VM3
The Honeywell VM3 has no attached EEPROM, and records the MAC address
within an SMBIOS OEM string.

Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2016-01-04 15:31:26 +00:00
Michael Brown 0c396dd405 [crypto] Dual-license selected DRBG files
Allow the use of the iPXE DRBG implementation in BSD-licensed
projects.

Requested-by: Sean Davis <dive@hq.endersgame.net>
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2015-12-31 14:44:45 +00:00
Michael Brown 82e03764d8 [smsc95xx] Allow for multiple methods for obtaining the MAC address
The SMSC95xx devices tend to be used in embedded systems with a
variety of ad-hoc mechanisms for storing the MAC address.

Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2015-12-23 15:29:55 +00:00
Michael Brown 721302fa54 [settings] Expose SMBIOS settings as global variables
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2015-12-23 15:29:55 +00:00
Michael Brown 0f67f2edb7 [bios] Add support for injecting keypresses
When USB network card drivers are used, the BIOS' legacy USB
capability is necessarily disabled since there is no way to share the
host controller between the BIOS and iPXE.

Commit 3726722 ("[usb] Add basic support for USB keyboards") added
support allowing a USB keyboard to be used within iPXE.  However,
external code such as a PXE NBP has no way to utilise this support,
and so a USB keyboard cannot be used to control a PXE NBP loaded from
a USB network card.

Add support for injecting keypresses from any iPXE console into the
BIOS keyboard buffer.  This allows external code such as a PXE NBP to
function with a USB keyboard even after the BIOS' legacy USB
capability has been disabled.

Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2015-12-23 11:47:17 +00:00
Michael Brown 91dd5524b7 [build] Allow extra objects to be included in an all-drivers build
The build system allows for additional drivers (or other objects) to
be specified using build targets such as

  make bin/intel--realtek.usb
  make bin/8086100e--8086100f.mrom

This currently fails if the base target is the "bin/ipxe.*" all-drivers
target, e.g.

  make bin/ipxe--acm.usb

Fix the build target parsing logic to allow additional drivers (or
other objects) to be included on top of the base all-drivers target.

This can be used to include USB network card drivers, which are not
yet included by default in the all-drivers build.

Reported-by: Andrew Sloma <asloma@lenovo.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2015-12-17 13:54:51 +00:00
Michael Brown e3012f9949 [efi] Centralise EFI file system info GUIDs
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2015-12-09 17:36:08 +00:00
Michael Brown ee8388ec69 [xhci] Ensure that zero-length packets are not part of a TRB chain
Some xHCI controllers (such as qemu's emulated xHCI controller) do not
correctly handle zero-length packets that are part of a TRB chain.
The zero-length TRB ends up being squashed and does not result in a
zero-length packet as seen by the device.

Work around this problem by marking the zero-length packet as
belonging to a separate transfer descriptor.

Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2015-12-07 22:40:47 +00:00
Torgeir Wulfsberg d6945925d8 [intel] Add INTEL_NO_PHY_RST for I217-LM
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2015-12-07 19:52:16 +00:00
Michael Brown 296dee6d38 [acm] Add support for CDC-ACM (aka USB RNDIS) devices
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2015-12-07 13:16:53 +00:00
Michael Brown 53ba5936b5 [usb] Allow additional settling time for out-of-spec hubs
Some hubs (e.g. the Avocent Corp. Virtual Hub on a Lenovo x3550
Integrated Management Module) have been observed to require more than
the standard 200ms for ports to stabilise, with the result that
devices appear to disconnect and immediately reconnect during the
initial bus enumeration.

Work around this problem by allowing specific hubs an extra 500ms of
settling time.

Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2015-12-07 13:16:47 +00:00
Michael Brown fb8c52de9b [usb] Allow USB device IDs to include arbitrary driver-specific data
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2015-12-07 13:08:23 +00:00
Michael Brown eb1fc1e957 [usb] Record USB device speed separately from current port speed
Record the speed of a USB device based on the port's speed at the time
that the device was enabled.  This allows us to remember the device's
speed even after the device has been disconnected (and so the port's
current speed has changed).

In particular, this allows us to correctly identify the transaction
translator for a low-speed or full-speed device after the device has
been disconnected.

Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2015-12-07 13:08:23 +00:00
Michael Brown 15ce7ce355 [usb] Use port->disconnected to check for disconnected devices
The usb_message() and usb_stream() functions currently check for
port->speed==USB_SPEED_NONE to determine whether or not a device has
been unplugged.  This test will give a false negative result if a new
device has been plugged in before the hotplug mechanism has finished
handling the removal of the old device.

Fix by checking instead the port->disconnected flag, which is now
cleared only after completing the removal of the old device.

Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2015-12-07 13:08:22 +00:00
Michael Brown 7f65a08f3e [efi] Add %.usb target for building EFI-bootable USB (or other) disk images
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2015-12-07 13:08:22 +00:00
Michael Brown 1fcd4223cc [bitops] Provide BIT_QWORD_PTR()
Provide BIT_QWORD_PTR() to allow for easy extraction of non-endian
fields (e.g. Infiniband GUIDs) without unnecessary byte swapping.

Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2015-12-01 23:56:27 +00:00
Michael Brown 89c767bfd6 [smsc95xx] Add driver for SMSC/Microchip LAN95xx USB Ethernet NICs
Tested using QEMU and usbredir to expose the LAN9512 chip present on a
Raspberry Pi.

There is a known issue with the LAN9512: an extra two bytes are
appended to every transmitted packet.  These two bytes comprise:

  {   0x00,   0x08 } if packet length == 0 (mod 8)
  { CRC[0],   0x00 } if packet length == 7 (mod 8)
  { CRC[0], CRC[1] } otherwise

The extra bytes are appended whether the Ethernet CRC is generated
manually or added automatically by the hardware.  The issue occurs
with the Linux kernel driver as well as the iPXE driver.  It appears
to be an undocumented hardware errata.

TCP/IP traffic is not affected, since the IP header length field
causes the extraneous bytes to be discarded by the receiver.  However,
protocols that rely on the length of the Ethernet frame (such as FCoE
or iPXE's "lotest" protocol) will be unusable on this hardware.

Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2015-12-01 15:37:37 +00:00
Michael Brown 4957285b22 [bitops] Fix definitions for big-endian devices
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2015-11-30 22:22:13 +00:00
Michael Brown ed18cd5678 [pci] Add definitions for PCI Express function level reset (FLR)
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2015-11-30 22:13:27 +00:00
Michael Brown 475cc92b0b [infiniband] Add qword accessors for ib_guid and ib_gid
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2015-11-30 22:13:27 +00:00
Michael Brown 8aa2026a9f [infiniband] Add definitions for FDR and EDR link speeds
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2015-11-30 22:13:27 +00:00
Michael Brown f3c2da7d4a [intel] Correct definition of receive overrun bit
Reported-by: Robin Smidsrød <robin@smidsrod.no>
Tested-by: Robin Smidsrød <robin@smidsrod.no>
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2015-11-22 19:17:24 +00:00
Michael Brown fff9281b84 [intel] Forcibly skip PHY reset on some models
On some models (notably ICH), the PHY reset mechanism appears to be
broken.  In particular, the PHY_CTRL register will be correctly loaded
from NVM but the values will not be propagated to the "OEM bits" PHY
register.  This typically has the effect of dropping the link speed to
10Mbps.

Since the original version of this driver in commit 945e428 ("[intel]
Replace driver for Intel Gigabit NICs"), we have always worked around
this problem by skipping the PHY reset if the link is already up.
Enhance this workaround by explicitly checking for known-broken PCI
IDs.

Reported-by: Robin Smidsrød <robin@smidsrod.no>
Tested-by: Robin Smidsrød <robin@smidsrod.no>
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2015-11-22 19:08:09 +00:00
Michael Brown 309c58824f [comboot] Reset console before starting COMBOOT executable
iPXE does not call shutdown() before invoking a COMBOOT executable,
since the executable is allowed to make API calls back into iPXE.  If
a background picture is used, then the console will not be restored to
text mode before invoking the COMBOOT executable.  This can cause
undefined behaviour.

Fix by adding an explicit call to console_reset() immediately before
invoking a COMBOOT or COM32 executable, analogous to the call made to
console_reset() immediately before invokving a PXE NBP.

Debugged-by: Andrew Widdersheim <awiddersheim@inetu.net>
Tested-by: Andrew Widdersheim <awiddersheim@inetu.net>
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2015-11-17 14:20:35 +00:00
Michael Brown ed0d7c4f6f [dhcp] Limit maximum number of DHCP discovery deferrals
For switches which remain permanently in the non-forwarding state (or
which erroneously report a non-forwarding state), ensure that iPXE
will eventually give up waiting for the link to become unblocked.

Originally-fixed-by: Wissam Shoukair <wissams@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2015-11-10 14:05:46 +00:00
Kyösti Mälkki d5f7ee60e7 [intel] Add PCI IDs for i210/i211 flashless operation
Signed-off-by: Kyösti Mälkki <kyosti.malkki@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2015-11-04 20:47:39 +00:00
Michael Brown 7cc7e0ec86 [dhcp] Reset start time when deferring discovery
If we detect (via STP) that a switch port is in a non-forwarding
state, then the link is marked as being temporarily blocked and DHCP
discovery will be deferred until the link becomes unblocked.

The timer used to decide when to give up waiting for ProxyDHCPOFFERs
is currently based on the time that DHCP discovery was started, and
makes no allowances for any time spent waiting for the link to become
unblocked.  Consequently, if STP is used then the timeout for
ProxyDHCPOFFERs becomes essentially zero.

Fix by resetting the recorded start time whenever DHCP discovery is
deferred due to a blocked link.

Debugged-by: Sebastian Roth <sebastian.roth@zoho.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2015-10-30 13:29:03 +00:00
Michael Brown 6847232e70 [efi] Add support for EFI_GRAPHICS_OUTPUT_PROTOCOL frame buffer consoles
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2015-10-16 16:38:41 +01:00
Michael Brown 4b7443d132 [build] Generalise CONSOLE_VESAFB to CONSOLE_FRAMEBUFFER
The name "vesafb" is intrinsically specific to a BIOS environment.
Generalise the build configuration option CONSOLE_VESAFB to
CONSOLE_FRAMEBUFFER, in preparation for adding EFI framebuffer
support.

Existing configurations using CONSOLE_VESAFB will continue to work.

Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2015-10-16 16:38:39 +01:00
Michael Brown bede691986 [console] Tidy up config/console.h
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2015-10-16 16:17:41 +01:00
Michael Brown 79afe60b09 [fbcon] Move margin calculations to fbcon.c
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2015-10-14 22:16:45 +01:00
Michael Brown bc69777a40 [fbcon] Allow character height to be selected at runtime
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2015-10-14 22:16:40 +01:00
Michael Brown fb2af441c2 [efi] Import EFI_HII_FONT_PROTOCOL definitions
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2015-10-07 08:34:27 +01:00
Michael Brown 42e0c7e956 [efi] Update to current EDK2 headers
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2015-10-07 08:34:27 +01:00
Michael Brown 1880691774 [efi] Reset root directory when installing EFI_SIMPLE_FILE_SYSTEM_PROTOCOL
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2015-10-07 08:34:27 +01:00
Michael Brown 3bd0d340f4 [http] Verify server port when reusing a pooled connection
Reported-by: Allen <allen@gtf.org>
Reported-by: Andreas Hammarskjöld <junior@2PintSoftware.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2015-10-02 07:54:51 +01:00
Michael Brown 0a4805bf94 [peerdist] Avoid NULL pointer dereference for plaintext blocks
Avoid accidentally dereferencing a NULL cipher context pointer for
plaintext blocks (which are usually messages with a block length of
zero, indicating a missing block).

Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2015-09-29 01:24:36 +01:00
Michael Brown f3fbb5ff1c [malloc] Avoid integer overflow for excessively large memory allocations
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2015-09-29 01:07:08 +01:00
Michael Brown 300a371bfb [efi] Expose an UNDI interface alongside the existing SNP interface
UEFI UNDI is a hideously ugly lump of poorly specified garbage bolted
on as an appendix of the UEFI specification.  My personal favourite
line from the UNDI 'specification' is section E.2.2, which states
"Basically, the rule is: Do it right, or don't do it at all".  The
author appears to believe that such exhortations are a viable
substitute for documenting what it is that the wretched reader is
supposed to, in fact, do.

(Second favourite is the section listing the pros and cons of various
driver types.  This fails to identify a single con for the mythical
"Hardware UNDI", a design so insanely intrinsically slow that it
appears to have been the inspiration for the EFI_USB_IO_PROTOCOL.)

UNDI is functionally isomorphic to the substantially less preposterous
EFI_SIMPLE_NETWORK_PROTOCOL.  Provide an UNDI interface (as a thin
wrapper around the existing SNP interface) to allow for use by
third-party software that has made poor life choices.

Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2015-09-28 03:42:09 +01:00
Michael Brown 9ff6d08bf5 [efi] Avoid infinite loops when asked to stop non-existent devices
Calling EDK2's OpenProtocol() with attributes BY_DRIVER|EXCLUSIVE will
call DisconnectController() in a loop to attempt to dislodge any
existing openers with attributes BY_DRIVER.  The loop will continue
indefinitely until either no such openers remain, or until
DisconnectController() returns an error.

If our driver binding protocol's Stop() method is ever called to
disconnect a device that we are not in fact driving, then return
EFI_DEVICE_ERROR rather than EFI_SUCCESS, in order to break this
potentially infinite loop.

Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2015-09-28 03:20:59 +01:00
Michael Brown 7b976dd300 [efi] Work around broken 32-bit PE executable parsing in ImageHlp.dll
The Microsoft PE/COFF specification defines the MajorLinkerVersion and
MinorLinkerVersion fields as "The linker major version number" and
"The linker minor version number" respectively, and has nothing more
to say on the matter.  These fields have no significance: they do not
affect the interpretation of the remainder of the file, but merely
provide diagnostic information for interested humans to read.

Apparently, versions 2.4 and earlier of the Microsoft linker produced
binaries so incorrigibly cursed that even to attempt to parse such a
binary would risk summoning a plague of enraged spiders.  To protect
users from unwanted arachnids, ImageHlp.dll's MapAndLoad() function
will helpfully fail to map and/or load a 32-bit binary unless the
linker version field indicates version 2.5 or later.  (64-bit binaries
are exempt from such helpfulness.)

Work around the broken Microsoft ImageHlp.dll library by providing a
linker version number that will satisfy the arbitrary whims of the
MapAndLoad() function.

This mirrors wimboot commit 670c7e2 ("[efi] Work around broken 32-bit
PE executable parsing in ImageHlp.dll").

Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2015-09-25 13:41:32 +01:00
Carl Henrik Lunde 3f8da985aa [vmxnet3] Avoid completely filling the TX descriptor ring
Modified-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2015-09-16 11:10:30 +01:00
Michael Brown 1852803e46 [pxe] Notify BIOS via INT 1a,564e for each new network device
Use INT 1a,564e to notify the BIOS of each network device that we
detect.  This provides an opportunity for the BIOS to implement
platform policy such as changing the MAC address by issuing a call to
PXENV_UNDI_SET_STATION_ADDRESS.

Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2015-09-15 13:43:35 +01:00
Michael Brown 3b586c8e29 [pxe] Invoke INT 1a,564e when PXE stack is activated
Invoke INT 1a,564e whenever a PXE stack is activated, passing the
address of the PXENV+ structure in %es:%bx.  This is designed to allow
a BIOS to be notified when a PXE stack has been installed, providing
an opportunity for start-of-day commands such as setting the MAC
address according to a policy chosen by the BIOS.

PXE defines INT 1a,5650 as a means of locating the PXENV+ structure:
this call returns %ax=0x564e and the address of the PXENV+ structure
in %es:%bx.  We choose INT 1a,564e as a fairly natural notification
call, using the parameters as would be returned by INT 1a,5650.

The full calling convention (documented as per section 3.1 of the PXE
specification) is:

  INT 1a,564e - PXE installation notification
  Enter:
    %ax = 0x564e
    %es = 16-bit segment address of the PXENV+ structure
    %bx = 16-bit offset of the PXENV+ structure
  Exit:
    %edx may be trashed (as is the case for INT 1a,5650)
    All other register contents must be preserved
    CF is cleared
    IF is preserved
    All other flags are undefined

Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2015-09-15 13:33:44 +01:00
Michael Brown fdad22a1ed [efi] Minimise use of iPXE header files when building host utilities
Avoid dragging in unnecessary iPXE header files such as <ipxe/uuid.h>
and <ipxe/tables.h> when building host utilities, and ensure that
FILE_LICENCE() (present in the imported EDK2 headers) expands to a
no-op.

Reported-by: Michael Tautschnig <mt@debian.org>
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2015-09-14 23:29:24 +01:00
Michael Brown 40a9a0f097 [build] Remove dependency on libiberty
Commit 7d36a1b ("[build] Explicitly link efilink against -liberty")
introduced a dependency on libiberty to cope with old versions of
libbfd.  This commit dates from 2008 and seems to apply only to what
are now extremely old versions of libbfd (prior to binutils 2.12).

There are systems (such as current Debian) which do not include
libiberty within the binutils packages.  On such systems, our build
dependency on libiberty represents a pointless hurdle.

Remove the explicit dependency on libiberty, hoping that there are no
modern systems where this will cause a problem.

Suggested-by: Ben Hildred <42656e@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2015-09-14 22:55:40 +01:00
Michael Brown 79443785cd [ncm] Support setting MAC address
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2015-09-14 22:45:56 +01:00
Michael Brown 5df081d6c0 [efi] Expose unused USB devices via EFI_USB_IO_PROTOCOL
Allow the UEFI platform firmware to provide drivers for unrecognised
devices, by exposing our own implementation of EFI_USB_IO_PROTOCOL.

Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2015-09-14 22:11:37 +01:00
Michael Brown 668dc73d52 [usb] Allow for wildcard USB class IDs
Make the class ID a property of the USB driver (rather than a property
of the USB device ID), and allow USB drivers to specify a wildcard ID
for any of the three component IDs (class, subclass, or protocol).

Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2015-09-14 21:56:40 +01:00
Michael Brown 549a0caabb [usb] Select preferred USB device configuration based on driver score
Generate a score for each possible USB device configuration based on
the available driver support, and select the configuration with the
highest score.  This will allow us to prefer ECM over RNDIS (for
devices which support both) and will allow us to meaningfully select a
configuration even when we have drivers available for all functions
(e.g. when exposing unused functions via EFI_USB_IO_PROTOCOL).

Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2015-09-14 21:45:34 +01:00
Michael Brown e727f576c2 [efi] Include a copy of the device path within struct efi_device
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2015-09-13 13:08:08 +01:00
Michael Brown 7107334391 [efi] Provide efi_devpath_len()
Signed-off-by: Michael Brown <mcb30@ipxe.org>
2015-09-13 12:54:31 +01:00